ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORP, 424B4, 1996-05-08

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORP
424B4, 1996-05-08
PERSONAL CREDIT INSTITUTIONS

Previous: ASSOCIATES CORPORATION OF NORTH AMERICA, 424B3, 1996-05-08

Next: SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA B OF ALLMERICA FINAN LFE INS & ANN CO, 497J, 1996-05-08

<PAGE> 1
Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4)
Registration No. 333-817

67,000,000 SHARES
[LOGO]

CLASS A COMMON STOCK
(PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE)

---------------------

Of the 67,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock offered, 56,950,000 shares
are being offered hereby in the United States and 10,050,000 shares are being
offered in a concurrent international offering outside the United States. The
initial public offering price and the aggregate underwriting discount per share
will be identical for both Offerings. See "Underwriting".
The shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby are being offered by the
Company, which is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Ford Motor Company.
Upon completion of the Offerings, Ford will own 26.1% of the outstanding Class A
Common Stock and will indirectly own 100% of the outstanding shares of Class B
Common Stock of the Company (which have five votes per share), a class of common
stock separate from the Class A Common Stock (which has one vote per share).
Following the Offerings, the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock offered
in the Offerings will represent 4.9% of the combined voting power of all classes
of voting stock and 19.3% of the economic interest (or rights of holders of
common equity to participate in distributions in respect of the common equity)
in the Company. The remainder of the voting power and economic interest in the
Company will be held by Ford. See "Risk Factors -- Control by and Relationship
with Ford" and "Description of Capital Stock".
Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Class A
Common Stock of the Company. For factors considered in determining the initial
public offering price, see "Underwriting".
Shares of Class A Common Stock are being reserved for sale to certain
employees and retirees of the Company and its affiliates at the initial public
offering price. See "Underwriting". Such employees and retirees will purchase,
in the aggregate, less than 10% of the Class A Common Stock offered in the
Offerings.
SEE "RISK FACTORS", BEGINNING ON PAGE 12, FOR CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS
RELEVANT TO AN INVESTMENT IN THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK.
The Class A Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock
Exchange, upon notice of issuance, under the symbol "AFS".

---------------------

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

---------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INITIAL PUBLIC UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO
OFFERING PRICE DISCOUNT(1) COMPANY(2)
-------------- ----------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Per Share................................................... $29.00 $1.30 $27.70
Total(3).................................................... $1,943,000,000 $87,100,000 $1,855,900,000
</TABLE>

- ---------------
(1) The Company and Ford have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
See "Underwriting".
(2) Before deducting estimated expenses of $4,000,000 payable by the Company.
(3) Includes 7,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock purchased by the
Underwriters pursuant to over-allotment options granted by the Company. See
"Underwriting".

-------------------------
GLOBAL COORDINATORS
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
-------------------------

The shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby are offered severally by
the Underwriters, as specified herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them
and subject to their right to reject any order in whole or in part. It is
expected that certificates for the shares will be ready for delivery in New
York, New York, on or about May 10, 1996, against payment therefor in
immediately available funds.

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
CS FIRST BOSTON
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
J.P. MORGAN & CO.
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
LEHMAN BROTHERS
SALOMON BROTHERS INC

---------------------

The date of this Prospectus is May 7, 1996.
<PAGE> 2
[THE ASSOCIATES LOGO] ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

[PICTURE] [PICTURE]
TRUCK AND TRUCK TRAILER HOME EQUITY LOANS
FINANCING AND LEASING

[PICTURE] [PICTURE]
INTERNATIONAL MARKETS CREDIT CARDS

CONSUMER FINANCE NAME PLATES

[FORD CONSUMER FINANCE [THE ASSOCIATES [FIRST FAMILY FINANCIAL SERVICES
LOGO] LOGO] LOGO]

[ALLIED FINANCE LOGO] [KFC LOGO] [TRANSOUTH LOGO]

[THE ASSOCIATES LOGO]

<PAGE> 3

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
[THE ASSOCIATES LOGO] ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION CANADA
[MAP]

PRODUCTS AND
SERVICES

CONSUMER
- - Home Equity Lending
- - Personal Loans
- - Retail Sales Finance Contracts
- - Credit Cards [MAP]

COMMERCIAL
- - Truck and Truck Trailer
Financing and Leasing
- - Equipment Financing and Leasing
- - Manufactured Housing Financing
- - Fee Based Services

RELATED INSURANCE

JAPAN UNITED KINGDOM
[MAP] [MAP]

HAWAII PUERTO RICO
[MAP] [MAP]

OFFICE LOCATIONS MEXICO
O CONSUMER OFFICES [MAP]
U.S. 1,467
International 400
TOTAL 1,867 O DENOTES NUMBER OF CONSUMER OFFICES
[] DENOTES NUMBER OF COMMERCIAL OFFICES

[] COMMERCIAL OFFICES
U.S. 76
International 4
TOTAL 80

</TABLE>
<PAGE> 4

IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERINGS, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE CLASS A COMMON
STOCK OFFERED HEREBY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE
OPEN MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE,
IN THE OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET OR OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY
BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

DURING THE OFFERINGS, CERTAIN PERSONS AFFILIATED WITH PERSONS PARTICIPATING
IN THE DISTRIBUTION MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS FOR THEIR OWN ACCOUNTS OR FOR THE
ACCOUNTS OF OTHERS IN THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK PURSUANT TO EXEMPTIONS FROM RULES
10B-6, 10B-7 AND 10B-8 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.
---------------------

FOR NORTH CAROLINA INVESTORS: THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR
DISAPPROVED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF INSURANCE FOR THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA,
NOR HAS THE COMMISSIONER OF INSURANCE RULED UPON THE ACCURACY OR THE ADEQUACY OF
THIS DOCUMENT.

3
<PAGE> 5

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Associates First Capital Corporation (the "Company") has filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a Registration Statement
on Form S-1 (together with all amendments, exhibits, schedules and supplements
thereto, the "Registration Statement"), under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"), and the rules and regulations thereunder, for
the registration of the Class A Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus,
which forms a part of the Registration Statement, does not contain all the
information set forth in the Registration Statement, certain parts of which have
been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission. For
further information with respect to the Company and the Class A Common Stock
offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement. Statements
contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other
document referred to herein are not necessarily complete and, where such
contract or other document is an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each
such statement is qualified in all respects by the provisions of such exhibit,
to which reference is hereby made. The Registration Statement can be inspected
and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at
Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the
Commission's regional offices at Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York,
New York 10048 and Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite
1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of all or any portion of the Registration
Statement can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission,
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.

The Class A Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York
Stock Exchange, upon notice of issuance, under the symbol "AFS". Copies of the
Registration Statement, including all exhibits thereto, and reports and other
information are available for inspection and copying at the office of the New
York Stock Exchange at 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.

The Company is currently subject to abbreviated informational requirements
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") in
accordance with General Instruction J.(1)(a) and (b) to Form 10-K and in
accordance therewith files reports and other information with the Commission.
Such reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the offices of
the Commission set forth above. Copies of such material can be obtained from the
Public Reference Section of the Commission at the address set forth above at
prescribed rates. As a result of the Offerings (as defined herein), the Company
will become subject to the full informational requirements of the Exchange Act.
The Company will fulfill its obligations with respect to such requirements by
filing periodic reports and other information with the Commission. In addition,
the Company intends to furnish its stockholders with annual reports containing
consolidated financial statements certified by an independent public accounting
firm and quarterly reports containing unaudited consolidated financial
information for the first three quarters of each fiscal year.

---------------------

This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of
an offer to buy any shares of Class A Common Stock in any jurisdiction in which
such offer or solicitation is unlawful. See "Underwriting".

In this Prospectus, references to "Dollars" and to "$" are to United States
dollars.

4
<PAGE> 6

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following is a summary of certain information contained elsewhere in
this Prospectus. Reference is made to, and this summary is qualified in its
entirety by, the more detailed information and supplemental combined financial
statements, including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
Unless the context otherwise requires, (i) the "Company" means Associates First
Capital Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the
recontribution by Ford of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries described below under
"The Company", (ii) "ACONA" means Associates Corporation of North America, the
Company's principal operating subsidiary, and (iii) "Ford" means Ford Motor
Company and its consolidated subsidiaries (other than the Company). Unless
otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this summary have the
respective meanings ascribed to them elsewhere in this Prospectus. For a
description of certain terms and phrases in this Prospectus, see "Glossary" at
the end of this Prospectus. Terms and phrases set forth in the Glossary are
printed in bold face type the first time they appear in this Prospectus.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE INFORMATION SET FORTH UNDER
THE HEADING "RISK FACTORS".

THE COMPANY

The Company is a leading, diversified consumer and commercial finance
organization which provides finance, leasing and related services to
approximately 9.4 million individual consumers and 143,000 businesses in the
United States and internationally. At or for the year ended December 31, 1995,
the Company had aggregate NET FINANCE RECEIVABLES of $39.7 billion, total assets
of $41.3 billion, net earnings of $723.1 million and stockholder's equity of
$4.8 billion. The Company, through its predecessors, commenced operations in
1918 and was acquired by Ford in 1989. The Company believes that it is the
second largest INDEPENDENT FINANCE COMPANY in the United States based on
aggregate net finance receivables outstanding. The Company's operations outside
the United States are conducted principally in Japan ($2.1 billion of net
finance receivables) and are also conducted in, among other places, the United
Kingdom and Canada. The current credit ratings for the long-term debt of ACONA,
through which the Company conducts substantially all of its funding activities,
are Aa3 and AA- as determined by MOODY'S and STANDARD & POOR'S, respectively,
and those of the Company are A1 and A+.

Through various economic conditions and interest rate environments, the
Company has produced growth in pre-tax earnings for twenty-one consecutive
years. As the following graph depicts, over this period, pre-tax earnings have
grown at a compound annual rate in excess of 22% to $1.2 billion for the year
ended December 31, 1995. Such growth resulted principally from internal
expansion (through, among other things, branch openings, new lines of business
and geographic expansion) as well as selective acquisitions.

PRE-TAX EARNINGS TREND(1)
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)

[GRAPH]

(1) 1990 and 1991 pre-tax earnings exclude non-recurring
interest expense. See the immediately following
financial information and note (4) thereto.

5
<PAGE> 7

The table below sets forth certain financial information (dollars in
millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED OR AT DECEMBER 31(1)
---------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONSUMER NET FINANCE RECEIVABLES:
Home equity lending.............. $ 14,386.2 $ 12,349.9 $ 10,619.7 $ 9,630.1 $ 8,249.1
Personal lending and retail sales
finance....................... 6,117.6 5,304.2 4,354.2 3,640.2 3,224.2
Credit card...................... 4,818.6 3,915.5 3,104.8 2,614.6 2,668.4
COMMERCIAL NET FINANCE RECEIVABLES:
Truck and truck trailer.......... $ 7,648.4 $ 6,681.5 $ 5,540.0 $ 4,350.7 $ 4,000.3
Equipment........................ 3,827.2 2,987.4 2,464.5 2,290.6 2,157.9
Manufactured housing(2).......... 2,034.1 1,669.2 1,290.2 983.9 697.2
Other(3)......................... 416.3 336.5 345.3 324.7 269.8
TOTAL NET FINANCE RECEIVABLES...... 39,702.5 33,685.7 28,294.7 24,371.0 21,672.8
TOTAL ASSETS....................... 41,303.9 35,283.5 30,039.6 25,996.3 23,523.5
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY............... 4,801.1 4,436.8 3,774.3 3,231.1 3,061.0
NET EARNINGS(4).................... 723.1 603.3 494.0 410.1 311.9
RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS(4)........ 1.89% 1.85% 1.76% 1.66% 1.40%
RETURN ON AVERAGE EQUITY(4)........ 15.66 14.70 14.10 13.04 12.49
RETURN ON AVERAGE TANGIBLE
EQUITY(4)........................ 21.90 21.71 22.31 22.15 24.59
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Amounts in this table reflect the inclusion of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries
of Ford which are expected to be recontributed to the Company prior to the
completion of the Offerings. Such subsidiaries were owned by the Company
prior to its acquisition by Ford and have been continuously managed by the
Company since such acquisition. These subsidiaries had total assets of $4.1
billion at December 31, 1995. See "-- Relationship with Ford" and "The
Company".

(2) Manufactured housing operations are discussed in this Prospectus as part of
the Company's commercial activities because the marketing and management of
manufactured housing products are more closely related to commercial finance
products. See "Business -- Commercial Finance". Except as otherwise
indicated, the dollar amount of manufactured housing receivables is included
in the dollar amount of total consumer net finance receivables throughout
this Prospectus, because the credit and related risks of the manufactured
housing business are similar to those of the Company's consumer finance
business. Similarly, manufactured housing receivables are included with
consumer net finance receivables in determining the percentage of total net
finance receivables which are consumer net finance receivables.

(3) Includes auto fleet leasing and management, small business administration
lending, relocation services and auto club and roadside assistance services.
See "Business -- Commercial Finance -- Other Commercial Activities".

(4) In 1991, certain debt related to Ford's acquisition of the Company's
operation in Japan was converted to equity. Non-recurring interest expense
related to such debt was $39.2 million and $54.2 million in 1991 and 1990,
respectively. If 1991 results treated the converted debt as equity and
excluded the related non-recurring interest expense consistent with
subsequent years, net earnings would have been $351.1 million and the return
on average assets, average equity and average tangible equity would have
been 1.58%, 12.29% and 21.56%, respectively. In addition, if 1990 results
excluded the related non-recurring interest expense, pre-tax earnings would
have been $493.7 million.

CONSUMER FINANCE

The Company's consumer finance business represents approximately $27.6
billion, or 70%, of its 1995 year-end net finance receivables. HOME EQUITY LOANS
account for the largest share, or 52%, of the Company's consumer finance
portfolio based on outstanding net finance receivables at December 31, 1995. In
addition, the Company offers secured and unsecured personal loans and purchases
retail sales finance contracts from consumer goods retailers. The Company also
provides REVOLVING CREDIT through its VISA(R) and MasterCard(R) bankcard and
PRIVATE LABEL CREDIT CARD businesses. In addition, the Company sells a variety
of credit-related and other specialized insurance products to its consumer
finance customers.

At December 31, 1995, the Company had approximately 9.4 million individual
consumer finance customers spanning a wide range of income levels, age groups
and credit histories. The Company markets its consumer finance products through
a number of different channels of distribution, including its network of over
1,400 domestic branch offices and 400 international branch offices as well as
its centralized lending operations. The Company believes that its domestic
branch system is the largest consumer finance branch system in the United
States. In Japan, the Company's branch system and net finance receivables have
been growing in recent years at rates in excess of the Company's overall rates
of growth, and the Company believes that its international markets offer
significant opportunities for future growth. The Company believes that its
domestic and international branches enable it to attract, service and retain
customers through personal relationships with branch employees.

6
<PAGE> 8

COMMERCIAL FINANCE

The Company's commercial finance business, which represents $12.1 billion,
or 30%, of its 1995 year-end net finance receivables, consists of a variety of
retail and WHOLESALE FINANCING and leasing products and services for heavy-duty
(Class 8) and medium-duty (Classes 3 through 7) trucks and truck trailers,
construction and material handling equipment and other industrial equipment. The
Company believes that it is the leading independent source of financing for
heavy-duty trucks, truck trailers and heavy construction equipment in the United
States. The Company also engages in a number of other commercial activities,
including auto fleet leasing and management, small business administration
lending, relocation services and auto club and roadside assistance services. In
addition, the Company's commercial operations' staff manages its $2.0 billion
portfolio of MANUFACTURED HOUSING receivables (which for financial reporting
purposes are treated as consumer receivables). The Company also sells a variety
of credit-related and other specialized insurance products to its commercial
finance customers.

At December 31, 1995, the Company had approximately 143,000 commercial
finance customers ranging from large corporate customers to small,
individually-owned businesses. The Company provides truck and truck trailer
financing and leasing services from 39 branch offices in the United States and
Canada, and provides equipment financing and leasing services through 19 branch
offices in the United States, Mexico and the United Kingdom and, in the case of
material handling and certain other equipment, from two centralized lending and
service operations. Manufactured housing financing is provided from five
regional offices and 14 sales purchase offices, and fee-based services are
provided from centralized locations.

STRATEGY

The Company believes that its consistent growth in profits has resulted
from the balanced pursuit of asset and revenue growth and risk and expense
control. The Company believes that the following operating disciplines have been
key to its success: (i) focusing employees on growth and profitability through
incentives, (ii) maintaining strict credit underwriting standards and collection
policies to reduce losses, (iii) controlling operating expenses and (iv)
sourcing funds on a cost effective basis. The Company believes that adherence to
these disciplines has created a receivables portfolio that is diversified by
market, geography, customer, maturity and product. As a result, the Company
believes that it has been able to reduce its exposure to adverse economic
developments in any particular market or region.

The Company's business objective is to continue to achieve consistent
profitable growth based upon the foregoing operating disciplines, regardless of
economic conditions and interest rate environments. The Company seeks to achieve
this goal by (i) expanding its existing businesses by developing new product
lines in its core businesses and expanding its flexible delivery systems, (ii)
identifying and entering new markets with strong profit potential, (iii)
providing superior customer service through building long-term relationships and
maintaining an intimate knowledge of its business segments, (iv) employing
proven technology to reduce costs and enhance product delivery and portfolio
management and (v) pursuing selective acquisitions designed to leverage
operating costs, increase market share, introduce new product lines and fuel
growth.

The Company believes that its strong, experienced management team has
developed a disciplined operating philosophy and has defined and implemented a
distinct business strategy in each of the Company's diverse business units.
Management believes that employees' commitment to a distinct culture and set of
core values distinguishes the Company from its competitors. The Company seeks to
reinforce its culture and core values to all employees through extensive
training, incentive programs and operating controls at every level. The Company
believes that maintaining its distinct culture, core values and strong
management at every level will continue to be a key element of the Company's
future strategy.

7
<PAGE> 9

THE OFFERINGS

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Class A Common Stock Offered:
United States Offering........ 56,950,000 shares
International Offering........ 10,050,000 shares
Total................. 67,000,000 shares
Common Stock Outstanding After
the Offerings(1):
Class A Common Stock.......... 90,603,669 shares
Class B Common Stock.......... 255,881,180 shares
Total................. 346,484,849 shares
Use of Proceeds................. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering made
hereby in the United States (the "U.S. Offering") and the
concurrent international offering (the "International
Offering" and, together with the U.S. Offering, the
"Offerings"), are estimated to be $1.85 billion,
substantially all of which is expected to be used to reduce
short-term indebtedness of the Company. See "Use of
Proceeds".
New York Stock Exchange Symbol
for Class A Common Stock...... AFS
Dividends; Voting Rights;
Conversion.................... The holders of CLASS A COMMON STOCK and CLASS B COMMON
STOCK (collectively, "Common Stock") share ratably on a per
share basis in all dividends and other distributions
declared by the board of directors; however, the holders of
Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share and
holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to five votes
per share. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Common
Stock -- Voting Rights". Under certain circumstances,
shares of Class B Common Stock convert or are convertible
into an equivalent number of shares of Class A Common
Stock. See "-- Relationship with Ford" and "Description of
Capital Stock -- Common Stock -- Conversion".
Controlling Stockholder......... For information regarding the Company's controlling
stockholder, see "-- Relationship with Ford" below.
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Excludes 169,630 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance
pursuant to certain employee benefit plans. See "Management -- Additional
Material Employee Compensation Plans and Agreements -- Long-Term Equity
Compensation Plan".

8
<PAGE> 10

DIVIDEND POLICY

The Company's board of directors currently intends to declare quarterly
dividends on both the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. It is
expected that the first quarterly dividend payment will be $0.10 per share (a
rate of $0.40 annually), with the initial dividend to be declared and paid in
the third quarter of 1996. The declaration and payment of dividends by the
Company are subject to the discretion of its board of directors. Any
determination as to the payment of dividends will depend upon, among other
things, general business conditions, the Company's financial results,
contractual, legal and regulatory restrictions regarding the payment of
dividends by the Company's subsidiaries, the credit ratings of the Company and
ACONA and such other factors as the board of directors may consider to be
relevant. See "Risk Factors -- Limitations Upon Liquidity and Capital
Raising -- Limitations upon the payment of dividends" and "-- Holding Company
Structure".

The Company paid cash dividends to Ford of $226.0 million, $288.1 million
and $318.0 million during the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995,
respectively. The Company paid a dividend of $1.75 billion to its immediate
parent, Ford FSG, Inc., an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Ford ("FFSG"),
on February 8, 1996 in the form of an intercompany note (which the Company paid
on April 2, 1996), and also paid a cash dividend of $100.0 million to FFSG on
March 29, 1996. In 1993, 1994 and 1995, Ford made cash capital contributions to
the Company of $200.0 million, $215.1 million and $200.0 million, respectively.
Thus, the dividends historically paid by the Company are not indicative of its
future dividend policy.

RELATIONSHIP WITH FORD

The Company is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Ford. Upon
completion of the Offerings, Ford will beneficially own 26.1% of the outstanding
Class A Common Stock and 100% of the outstanding Class B Common Stock.
Accordingly, Ford will beneficially own Common Stock representing in the
aggregate 95.1% of the combined voting power of all of the outstanding Common
Stock and will continue to have the ability to direct the election of members of
the board of directors of the Company and exercise a controlling influence over
the business and affairs of the Company. Ford has advised the Company that its
current intent is to continue to hold all of the Common Stock beneficially owned
by it following the Offerings. However, Ford is not subject to any contractual
obligation to retain its controlling interest, except that Ford has agreed not
to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock of the Company for a
period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written
consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. See "Underwriting". As a result, there can be no
assurance concerning the period of time during which Ford will maintain its
beneficial ownership of Common Stock owned by it following the Offerings. See
"Risk Factors -- Control by and Relationship with Ford", "-- Possible Future
Sales of Common Stock by Ford" and "Relationship with Ford". From time to time
the Company and Ford have entered into, and can be expected to continue to enter
into, certain agreements and business transactions in the ordinary course of
their respective businesses, and the Company's Restated Certificate of
Incorporation includes certain provisions relating to the Company's relationship
with Ford. See "Relationship with Ford" and "Description of Capital
Stock -- Certain Certificate of Incorporation and By-law Provisions -- Corporate
Opportunities".

The Company was acquired by Ford and became part of its Financial Services
Group in 1989. In connection with this acquisition, the Company's operations in
Japan, the United Kingdom, Canada and Puerto Rico were transferred to certain
non-U.S. subsidiaries of Ford, but the Company continued to manage such
operations. Prior to completion of the Offerings, Ford is expected to
recontribute the operations of Ford's non-U.S. subsidiaries managed by the
Company (principally subsidiaries in Japan, the United Kingdom, Canada, Puerto
Rico and Mexico, the "Foreign Subsidiaries"). In connection with this
transaction, Ford will receive 23,603,669 shares of Class A Common Stock and
25,689,655 shares of Class B Common Stock. The number of shares of Class A
Common Stock and Class B Common Stock to be received by Ford in connection with
the contribution of the Foreign Subsidiaries was determined by dividing the
aggregate fair market value of such subsidiaries by the initial public offering
price per share of Class A Common Stock set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus. The Foreign Subsidiaries had aggregate total assets at December 31,
1995 of $4.1 billion, and the financial and other information with respect to
the Foreign Subsidiaries have been retroactively included in the financial and
other information of the Company contained herein. See "The Company".

9
<PAGE> 11

SUMMARY SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

The summary supplemental combined financial data of the Company presented
below presents financial information of the Company giving supplemental combined
effect to the expected recontribution by Ford to the Company of the Foreign
Subsidiaries. See "The Company". The summary supplemental combined results of
operations and balance sheet data presented below as of December 31, 1995 and
1994 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1995
was derived from the supplemental combined financial statements of the Company
and the notes thereto set forth herein. The summary supplemental combined
results of operations and balance sheet data presented below as of December 31,
1993, 1992 and 1991 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended
December 31, 1992 was derived from supplemental combined financial statements
and the related notes thereto not presented herein. The data presented below
should be read in conjunction with the supplemental combined financial
statements and the related notes thereto set forth herein (dollars in millions,
except per share data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED OR AT DECEMBER 31
---------------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Total revenue....................................... $ 6,107.2 $ 4,925.8 $ 4,114.8 $ 3,696.2 $ 3,495.8
Finance charge revenue.............................. 5,560.8 4,445.2 3,709.7 3,330.7 3,117.9
Interest expense.................................... 2,177.9 1,657.3 1,421.7 1,352.1 1,452.8
Net interest margin................................. 3,382.9 2,787.9 2,288.0 1,978.6 1,665.1
Operating expenses.................................. 1,754.7 1,456.1 1,216.8 1,007.2 911.7
Provision for losses................................ 834.0 647.1 536.1 568.6 494.3
Insurance benefits paid............................. 142.5 147.9 118.9 103.7 99.9
Earnings before provision for income taxes and
cumulative effect of changes in accounting
principles........................................ 1,198.1 1,017.4 821.3 664.6 537.1
Provision for income taxes.......................... 475.0 414.1 327.3 254.5 225.2
Net earnings(1)..................................... 723.1 603.3 494.0 410.1 311.9
Pro forma net earnings per share(2)(3).............. 2.09
BALANCE SHEET DATA
Net finance receivables:
Consumer.......................................... 27,575.3 23,627.8 19,912.4 17,412.7 15,275.9
Commercial........................................ 12,127.2 10,057.9 8,382.3 6,958.3 6,396.9
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total............................................. 39,702.5 33,685.7 28,294.7 24,371.0 21,672.8
========= ========= ========= ========= =========
Allowance for losses................................ (1,268.6) (1,061.6) (892.3) (764.7) (649.7)
Total assets........................................ 41,303.9 35,283.5 30,039.6 25,996.3 23,523.5
Short-term debt (notes payable)..................... 13,747.3 12,431.9 10,385.9 9,086.4 8,632.4
Long-term debt(4)................................... 21,372.6 17,306.2 14,826.8 12,846.5 11,022.3
Stockholder's equity................................ 4,801.1 4,436.8 3,774.3 3,231.1 3,061.0
Pro forma stockholder's equity per share(2)(3)...... 13.86
SELECTED DATA AND RATIOS
Net interest margin as a percentage of average net
finance receivables............................... 9.22% 9.00% 8.69% 8.59% 8.25%
Earnings to fixed charges........................... 1.55x 1.61x 1.57x 1.49x 1.37x
Total debt to equity................................ 7.2:1 6.6:1 6.6:1 6.7:1 6.4:1
Total debt to tangible equity....................... 9.9:1 9.6:1 10.1:1 11.1:1 11.2:1
Return on average assets(1)......................... 1.89% 1.85% 1.76% 1.66% 1.40%
Return on average equity(1)......................... 15.66 14.70 14.10 13.04 12.49
Return on average tangible equity(1)................ 21.90 21.71 22.31 22.15 24.59
60+days contractual delinquency..................... 1.71 1.35 1.43 1.85 2.56
Net credit losses to average net finance
receivables....................................... 1.70 1.64 1.68 2.04 2.17
Allowance for losses to net finance receivables..... 3.20 3.15 3.15 3.14 3.00
Allowance for losses to net credit losses........... 2.03x 2.09x 2.02x 1.63x 1.49x
Number of employees................................. 16,647 15,318 13,933 12,430 11,142
Number of consumer and commercial branch offices
Domestic.......................................... 1,543 1,472 1,378 1,133 892
International..................................... 404 329 278 256 240
Total............................................. 1,947 1,801 1,656 1,389 1,132
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) In 1991, certain debt related to Ford's acquisition of the Company's
operation in Japan was converted to equity, and 1991 results therefore
include $39.2 million of non-recurring interest expense related to the
converted debt. If 1991 results treated the converted debt as equity and
excluded the related non-recurring interest expense consistent with
subsequent years, net earnings would have been $351.1 million and the return
on average assets, average equity and average tangible equity would have
been 1.58%, 12.29% and 21.56%, respectively.
(2) Based on 346,484,849 shares outstanding after the Offerings.
(3) Due to the change in the Company's capital structure, historical share and
per share data will not be comparable to, or meaningful in the context of,
future periods. See "Capitalization".
(4) Includes current portion of long-term debt.

10
<PAGE> 12

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Set forth below is unaudited selected supplemental combined financial data
and ratios of the Company for the periods indicated. This information should be
read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and the supplemental combined financial
statements of the Company contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. This data is
not necessarily indicative of operating results that may be expected for a full
year (dollars in millions except per share data).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED OR AT
MARCH 31
---------------------------
1996 1995
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Net interest margin.......................................................... $ 924.5 $ 779.7
Net earnings................................................................. 192.3 168.3
Pro forma net earnings per share(1).......................................... 0.55 0.49
BALANCE SHEET DATA
Net finance receivables:
Consumer................................................................... 28,595.8 24,885.2
Commercial................................................................. 12,475.3 10,452.7
--------- ---------
Total.................................................................. 41,071.1 35,337.9
========= =========
SELECTED DATA AND RATIOS
Net interest margin to average net receivables............................... 9.16% 9.04%
Operating expense efficiency ratio(2)........................................ 44.8 46.0
60+days contractual delinquency:
Amount..................................................................... $ 806.9 $ 560.0
Percent.................................................................... 1.78% 1.42%
Net credit losses to average net receivables................................. 1.74 1.69
Allowance for losses to net finance receivables.............................. 3.33 3.19
Return on average assets..................................................... 1.84 1.86
Return on average equity..................................................... 19.50 14.75
Return on average tangible equity............................................ 28.64 21.30
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Based on 346,484,849 shares outstanding after the Offerings.
(2) The ratio of total operating expenses to total revenue net of interest
expense and insurance benefits paid or provided.

Net earnings for the three month period ended March 31, 1996 were $192.3
million, a 14.2% increase over the same period in the previous year. The
increase in earnings was principally due to growth in net finance receivables,
an improvement in the ratio of net interest margin to average net receivables
and an increase in operating expense efficiency, all of which more than offset
an increase in net credit losses. Net finance receivables grew $1.4 billion
(13.8% annualized) during the first quarter of 1996 compared to $1.7 billion
(19.6% annualized) for the same period in 1995. Of the total growth during the
first quarter of 1996, 42.5% was from major acquisitions, principally of credit
card portfolios. The improvement in the net interest margin ratio was primarily
due to the Company's ability to maintain its lending rates on new loans in a
period during which its short-term borrowing rates decreased. The Company
continued to benefit from certain initiatives designed to improve operating
expense efficiency. The Company's ratio of net losses to average net receivables
increased across most of its portfolios during the first three months of 1996
compared to the same period in the prior year, principally as a result of less
favorable trends in economic conditions. Sixty plus days contractual delinquency
was higher at March 31, 1996 compared to December 31, 1995, but has declined
each month since January 1996. While contractual delinquency has moderated since
January, the increase in net credit losses and the uncertainty in economic
conditions led the Company to increase its allowance for losses to 3.33% of net
receivables at March 31, 1996. During the first quarter of 1996 the Company paid
dividends to FFSG totaling $1.85 billion, $1.75 billion of which was in the form
of an interest-bearing intercompany note. See "Dividend Policy". Excluding the
impact of these dividends, the Company's net earnings for the three month period
ended March 31, 1996 would have been $201.5 million ($0.58 per share), a 19.7%
increase from the comparable prior period. In addition, its return on average
assets, average equity and average tangible equity for the three months ended
March 31, 1996 would have been 1.92%, 16.56% and 22.33%, respectively.

11
<PAGE> 13

RISK FACTORS

ECONOMIC FACTORS

Risk of economic downturn. The Company's results of operations are affected
by certain economic factors, including the level of economic activity in the
markets in which the Company operates. While the Company historically has been
able to maintain its profitability throughout the business cycle, a decline in
economic activity may adversely affect the Company. First, the Company's growth
is dependent to a significant degree upon its ability to generate new finance
receivables, and in an adverse economic environment, growth in finance
receivables may not be attainable. The Company's growth rate has varied from
year to year, and there can be no assurance that the average growth rates
sustained in the recent past will continue. Second, adverse economic conditions
are likely to result in an increase in non-performing loans and credit losses.
Many of the Company's consumer finance customers may be particularly sensitive
to loss of employment or other adverse economic conditions in terms of their
ability to meet their payment obligations. Although the Company maintains an
allowance for losses on finance receivables at an amount which it believes is
sufficient to provide adequate protection against losses in its portfolios, this
allowance could prove to be inadequate. Third, adverse economic conditions may
contribute to a decline in the net realizable value of collateral securing
certain of the Company's finance receivables (in the case of any collateral, the
realizable value thereof may at any time be less than the loan secured). At
December 31, 1995, 52% of the aggregate outstanding balance of consumer finance
receivables were home equity loans secured by residential real estate and
substantially all of the aggregate outstanding balance of commercial finance
receivables were secured by collateral. The Company believes that its exposure
to borrower default under adverse economic conditions is less with respect to
secured loans than with respect to unsecured loans. Finally, any of the above
factors could contribute to a downgrading of the Company's credit ratings and/or
that of ACONA, its principal operating subsidiary. Any such downgrading could
increase the Company's funding cost and decrease its net interest margin. There
can be no assurance that if a decline in economic activity does occur, that it
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations
or financial condition.

Interest rate-related risks. While the Company employs a comprehensive
interest rate risk management program and closely monitors its pricing to keep
its lending rates responsive to market conditions and to match maturities of its
financial assets and liabilities, an increase in interest rates, or the
perception that an increase could occur, could adversely affect the Company's
ability to generate new finance receivables, which would limit the Company's
growth. In addition, an increase in interest rates may have a short-term adverse
impact on the Company's profitability, as net interest margins may decline to
the extent that the Company's borrowing costs increase more quickly than its
finance charge rates. For a discussion of the Company's indebtedness in
connection with its finance business, including borrowing costs and maturities,
see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources". Also, in the event of an
increase in prevailing interest rates, the Company's finance customers with
variable rate loans may have greater difficulty meeting their higher payment
obligations, which could result in an increase in non-performing loans and
credit losses. At December 31, 1995, the interest rates charged on 33% of the
Company's consumer finance loans and 16% of the Company's commercial finance
loans varied during the term of the loan.

Exchange rate risk. For the year ended December 31, 1995, 10% of both the
Company's revenues and net earnings were derived from the operation of its
Japanese subsidiary, AIC Corporation ("AIC"). In recent years, the value of the
Japanese yen has appreciated sharply against the U.S. dollar, and this
appreciation has had a positive impact upon the contribution of AIC to the
Company's revenues and net earnings expressed in U.S. dollars. Any appreciation
of the U.S. dollar against the Japanese yen would adversely affect AIC's
contribution measured in U.S. dollars. The Company has also entered into various
support agreements on behalf of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries, including AIC.
For a discussion of the Company's management of exchange rate risk, see
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations".

12
<PAGE> 14

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The Company maintains an allowance for losses on finance receivables at an
amount which it believes is sufficient to provide adequate protection against
losses in its portfolios. The allowance is determined principally on the basis
of historical loss experience and reflects management's judgment of additional
loss potential considering future economic conditions and the nature and
characteristics of the underlying finance receivables. Although the allowance
for losses in finance receivables reflected in the Company's supplemental
combined balance sheet at December 31, 1995 is considered adequate by the
Company's management, there can be no assurance that this allowance will prove
to be adequate over time to cover losses in connection with the Company's
portfolios. This allowance may prove to be inadequate due to unanticipated
adverse changes in the economy or discrete events adversely affecting specific
customers or industries. The Company's results of operations and financial
condition could be materially adversely affected to the extent that the
Company's allowance is insufficient to cover such changes or events. See
"Business -- Additional Information Regarding the Company -- Loan Loss Reserves
and Credit Losses" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations".

LIMITATIONS UPON LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RAISING

Potential restraints upon liquidity. The Company satisfies its funding
requirements principally through sales of commercial paper and the issuance of
long-term debt. At December 31, 1995, commercial paper borrowings and other
short-term indebtedness were $13.7 billion. A downgrade in either the Company's
or ACONA's credit ratings could result in an increase in the Company's funding
costs and could, under certain circumstances, have an adverse impact on the
Company's access to the commercial paper market. In the event that the Company
is unable to access the commercial paper market or otherwise finance its
short-term borrowing needs in the public or private markets upon acceptable
terms, it would seek to satisfy its liquidity requirements through borrowings
under its bank credit facilities. At December 31, 1995, the Company had the
capacity to borrow $10.3 billion under committed credit facilities available to
the Company's domestic businesses, representing 77% of ACONA's net short-term
indebtedness outstanding at that time. While there can be no assurance that
these committed bank lines would provide sufficient liquidity to the Company
under the foregoing conditions, the Company believes that such lines should
provide adequate liquidity under foreseeable conditions.

Limitations upon the payment of dividends. The Company believes that
keeping its DEBT TO EQUITY RATIO within certain limits is important in order to
maintain its existing credit ratings. Thus, under certain circumstances, the
Company's ability to pay dividends while maintaining levels of debt which
management believes are appropriate for the Company could be limited. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Financial Condition". The Company's holding company structure may
also limit its ability to pay dividends. See "-- Holding Company Structure". For
a discussion of the Company's dividend policy and certain related matters, see
"Dividend Policy".

Potential constraints upon ability to raise capital and fund operations.
Because Ford may seek to maintain its beneficial ownership percentage of the
Company, the Company may be constrained in its ability to raise common or
preferred equity capital in the future. In addition, Ford may not be willing to
make capital contributions to the Company in the future. See "Relationship with
Ford".

Although the Company believes that the business of and outlook for Ford is
not closely related to the business of and outlook for the Company, there can be
no assurance that any future downgrading of Ford's credit ratings would not have
an adverse impact on the Company's or ACONA's credit ratings. Therefore, for so
long as Ford maintains a controlling interest in the Company, a deterioration in
the financial condition of Ford could have the effect of increasing the
Company's borrowing costs and/or impairing its access to the capital markets. To
the extent the Company does not pass on its increased borrowing costs to its
customers, the Company's profitability, and potentially its ability to raise
capital, could be adversely affected. Also, while no

13
<PAGE> 15

such agreements or policies are presently contemplated, Ford will have the
ability in the future to enter into agreements or adopt policies which limit the
Company's ability to incur debt.

HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE

As a holding company, the Company relies primarily on dividends and other
intercompany transfers of funds from its subsidiaries for the payment of
dividends to stockholders. The terms of the agreements governing certain
outstanding indebtedness of ACONA currently contain certain limitations on the
payment of dividends and certain other transfers of funds to the Company. The
principal restriction, which is contained in certain issues of debt having
stated maturities no later than March 15, 1999, generally limits payments of
dividends on ACONA's common stock in any year to not more than 50% of
consolidated net earnings for such year, subject to certain exceptions. For a
description of certain other limitations, see "Description of Certain
Indebtedness". In addition, the Company's banking subsidiaries, Associates
National Bank (Delaware) ("ANB") and Associates Investment Corporation
("Associates Investment"), and the Company's insurance subsidiaries may pay
dividends and make certain other transfers of funds to the Company only up to
amounts permitted by applicable banking and insurance regulations, respectively,
and the repatriation of funds from the Foreign Subsidiaries may be subject to
withholding taxes or other restrictions. For a discussion of the Company's
dividend policy and certain related matters, see "Dividend Policy".

REGULATION

The Company's consumer and commercial finance and insurance businesses are
subject to extensive regulation and supervision in the jurisdictions in which
the Company operates. Such regulation and supervision are primarily for the
benefit and protection of the Company's customers, and not for the benefit of
investors and could limit the Company's discretion in operating its businesses.
Noncompliance with applicable statutes or regulations could result in the
suspension or revocation of any license or registration at issue, as well as the
imposition of civil fines and criminal penalties. State laws often establish
maximum allowable finance charges for certain consumer and commercial loans;
approximately 92% and 100% of the outstanding consumer and commercial net
finance receivables, respectively, were either not subject to such state
maximums, or if subject, such maximum finance charge did not, in most cases,
materially restrict the interest rate charged. No assurance can be given that
applicable laws or regulations will not be amended or construed differently,
that new laws and regulations will not be adopted or that interest rates will
not rise to state maximum levels, the effect of any of which could be to
adversely affect the business or results of operations of the Company. See
"Business -- Additional Information Regarding the Company -- Regulation". In
addition, the Company is subject to certain litigation with respect to such
matters, see "Business -- Additional Information Regarding the Company -- Legal
Proceedings".

COMPETITION

The markets in which the Company operates are highly competitive.
Competitors include, among others, finance companies, commercial banks, thrifts,
other financial institutions, credit unions and manufacturers and vendors. Many
of the competitors of the Company in different segments and regions are large
companies that have substantial capital, technological and marketing resources,
and some of these competitors are larger than the Company and may have access to
capital at a lower cost than the Company. The Company believes that the finance
charge rate is one of the primary competitive factors in many of its markets.
From time to time, competitors of the Company may seek to compete aggressively
on the basis of pricing, and the Company may lose market share to the extent it
is not willing to match competitor pricing. See "Business -- Additional
Information Regarding the Company -- Competition".

14
<PAGE> 16

CONTROL BY AND RELATIONSHIP WITH FORD

Ford is currently the beneficial owner of all of the common stock of the
Company. Upon completion of the Offerings, Ford will beneficially own 26.1% of
the outstanding Class A Common Stock and 100% of the outstanding Class B Common
Stock of the Company which will, in the aggregate, represent 95.1% of the
combined voting power of all the outstanding Common Stock. For as long as Ford
continues to beneficially own shares of Common Stock representing more than 50%
of the combined voting power of the Common Stock, Ford will be able to direct
the election of all of the members of the Company's board of directors and
exercise a controlling influence over the business and affairs of the Company,
including any determinations with respect to mergers or other business
combinations involving the Company, the acquisition or disposition of assets by
the Company, the incurrence of indebtedness by the Company, the issuance of any
additional Common Stock or other equity securities and the payment of dividends
with respect to the Common Stock. See "-- Limitations Upon Liquidity and Capital
Raising -- Potential constraints upon ability to raise capital and fund
operations". Similarly, Ford will have the power to determine matters submitted
to a vote of the Company's stockholders without the consent of the Company's
other stockholders, will have the power to prevent or cause a change in control
of the Company and could take other actions that might be favorable to Ford. In
the foregoing situations or otherwise, various conflicts of interest between the
Company and Ford could arise. Ownership interests of directors or officers of
the Company in common stock of Ford or service as a director or officer of both
the Company and Ford could create or appear to create potential conflicts of
interest when directors and officers are faced with decisions that could have
different implications for the Company and Ford. The Company's Restated
Certificate of Incorporation will include certain provisions relating to the
allocation of business opportunities that may be suitable for both the Company
and Ford. See "Relationship with Ford" and "Description of Capital
Stock -- Certain Certificate of Incorporation and By-law Provisions -- Corporate
Opportunities".

Beneficial ownership of at least 80% of the total voting power and value of
the outstanding Common Stock is required in order for Ford to continue to
include the Company in its consolidated group for federal income tax purposes,
and beneficial ownership of at least 80% of the total voting power and 80% of
each class of nonvoting capital stock is required in order for Ford to effect a
TAX-FREE SPIN-OFF of the Company or certain other tax-free transactions. Each
member of a consolidated group for federal income tax purposes is jointly and
severally liable for the federal income tax liability of each other member of
the consolidated group. Each member of the Ford controlled group, which includes
Ford, the Company and Ford's other subsidiaries, is also jointly and severally
liable for pension and benefit funding and termination liabilities of other
group members, as well as certain benefit plan taxes. Accordingly, the Company
could be liable under such provisions in the event any such liability is
incurred, and not discharged, by any other member of the Ford consolidated or
controlled group. If the Company were no longer to be included in Ford's
consolidated group for federal tax purposes, there is no assurance that the
Company's tax position would not be less favorable than it is at present. See
"Relationship with Ford".

In addition, by virtue of its controlling beneficial ownership and the
terms of a tax-sharing agreement to be entered into between the Company and
Ford, Ford will effectively control all of the Company's tax decisions. Under
the tax-sharing agreement, Ford will have sole authority to respond to and
conduct all tax proceedings (including tax audits) relating to the Company, to
file all returns on behalf of the Company and to determine the amount of the
Company's liability to (or entitlement to payment from) Ford under the
tax-sharing agreement. See "Relationship with Ford--Tax-Sharing Agreement". This
arrangement may result in conflicts of interests between the Company and Ford.
For example, under the tax-sharing agreement, Ford may choose to contest,
compromise or settle any adjustment or deficiency proposed by the relevant
taxing authority in a manner that may be beneficial to Ford and detrimental to
the Company. In connection therewith, however, Ford is obligated under the
tax-sharing agreement to act in good faith with regard to all members included
in the applicable returns.

15
<PAGE> 17

Certain intercompany agreements and arrangements exist between the Company
and Ford. See "Relationship with Ford". Among these is a trademark license
agreement which permits certain use by the Company of certain of Ford's
trademarks. There can be no assurance that the trademark license or services
provided to the Company by Ford under such agreements will continue to be
provided, and if not, whether, or on what terms, such license or services could
be replicated. Any termination of the trademark license agreement could have an
adverse effect on certain operations of the Company. See "Relationship with
Ford -- Trademark License Agreement".

POSSIBLE FUTURE SALES OF COMMON STOCK BY FORD

Subject to applicable federal securities laws and the restrictions set
forth below, after completion of the Offerings, Ford may sell any and all of the
shares of the Common Stock beneficially owned by it or distribute any or all of
such shares of Common Stock to its stockholders. Sales or distribution by Ford
of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market or to its
stockholders, or the perception that such sales or distribution could occur,
could adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Class A Common Stock.
Ford has advised the Company that its current intent is to continue to hold all
of the Common Stock beneficially owned by it following the Offerings. However,
Ford is not subject to any contractual obligation to retain its controlling
interest, except that Ford has agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares of Common Stock of the Company for a period of 180 days after the date of
this Prospectus without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. See
"Underwriting". As a result, there can be no assurance concerning the period of
time during which Ford will maintain its beneficial ownership of Common Stock
owned by it following the Offerings. Ford will have registration rights with
respect to the shares of the Common Stock owned by it following the Offerings
which would facilitate any future disposition. See "-- Control by and
Relationship with Ford" above, "Relationship with Ford -- Corporate Agreement"
and "Shares Available for Future Sale".

NO PRIOR MARKET FOR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Class A
Common Stock of the Company. The initial public offering price of the Class A
Common Stock was determined by negotiations between the Company and the
representatives of the Underwriters. There can be no assurance that the initial
public offering price will correspond to the price at which the Class A Common
Stock will trade in the public market subsequent to the Offerings or that an
active public market for the Class A Common Stock will develop and continue
after the Offerings. See "Underwriting".

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

Certain provisions of the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation
and By-laws may render more difficult or have the effect of discouraging
unsolicited takeover bids from third parties or the removal of incumbent
management of the Company. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Certain
Certificate of Incorporation and By-law Provisions". Although such provisions do
not have a substantial practical significance to investors while Ford controls
the Company, such provisions could have the effect of depriving stockholders of
an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices
should Ford's combined voting power decrease to less than 50%.

16
<PAGE> 18

THE COMPANY

The Company's consumer finance operations consist of a variety of
specialized consumer financing products and services, including home equity
lending, personal installment lending, retail sales financing and credit cards.
The Company's commercial operations primarily provide retail financing, leasing
and wholesale financing for heavy-duty and medium-duty trucks and truck
trailers, construction, material handling and other industrial equipment and
manufactured housing. The Company also provides a number of other products and
services, including credit-related and non-credit-related insurance to its
consumer and commercial customers as well as certain fee-based services such as
auto fleet leasing and management, small business administration lending,
relocation services and auto club and roadside assistance services.

The Company, through its predecessors, was organized in 1918 to provide
financing for the automobile industry. The Company's Common Stock was first
listed on the New York Stock Exchange in 1937 and was publicly traded until
1968, when Gulf + Western Industries, Inc. acquired the Company. In 1979, the
Company expanded into international markets in Japan and the United Kingdom. In
1989, Ford acquired the Company and, in connection with such acquisition, the
Company's operations in Japan, the United Kingdom, Canada and Puerto Rico were
transferred to certain non-U.S. subsidiaries of Ford, but the Company continued
to manage such operations. Prior to completion of the Offerings, Ford is
expected to recontribute the Foreign Subsidiaries to the Company. In connection
with this transaction, Ford will receive 23,603,669 shares of Class A Common
Stock, which represents 26.1% of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and
25,689,655 shares of Class B Common Stock. Financial and other information with
respect to the Foreign Subsidiaries, which in the aggregate had total assets at
December 31, 1995 of $4.1 billion, have been retroactively included in the
financial and other information relating to the Company contained herein.

The Company's principal executive offices are located at 250 East Carpenter
Freeway, Irving, Texas 75062, and its telephone number is (214) 541-4000.

USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds to the Company from the Offerings are estimated to be
$1.85 billion, substantially all of which is expected to be used to reduce
short-term indebtedness of the Company incurred under an intercompany note (the
"Note") from the Company to ACONA. The Note bears interest at a variable annual
rate equal to the average rate for ACONA commercial paper issued each day plus
0.25% (5.53% on May 6, 1996) and is due upon demand. The Note (which was funded
by ACONA through the issuance of commercial paper) was incurred primarily to
repay amounts borrowed under a revolving credit facility and also to repay an
intercompany note issued as a dividend to FFSG. See "Dividend Policy".

17
<PAGE> 19

DIVIDEND POLICY

The Company paid cash dividends to Ford of $226.0 million, $288.1 million
and $318.0 million during the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995,
respectively. The Company paid a dividend of $1.75 billion to FFSG on February
8, 1996 in the form of an intercompany note (which the Company paid on April 2,
1996), and also paid a cash dividend of $100.0 million to FFSG on March 29,
1996. In 1993, 1994 and 1995, Ford made cash capital contributions to the
Company of $200.0 million, $215.1 million and $200.0 million, respectively.
Thus, the dividends historically paid by the Company are not indicative of its
future dividend policy.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of
December 31, 1995 (i) on a supplemental combined basis giving effect to the
FOREIGN SUBSIDIARIES RECONTRIBUTION and (ii) as adjusted to give effect to (a)
the reclassification of 250 shares of common stock, no par value, of the Company
beneficially held by Ford into 230,191,525 shares of Class B Common Stock, the
issuance to Ford of 23,603,669 shares of Class A Common Stock and 25,689,655
shares of Class B Common Stock in connection with the Foreign Subsidiaries
Recontribution and the issuance and sale by the Company of 67,000,000 shares of
Class A Common Stock in the Offerings at the initial public offering price set
forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, (b) the payment of aggregate
dividends of $1.85 billion to FFSG, (c) the borrowing of $1.85 billion under the
Note to ACONA and (d) the receipt of net proceeds of $1.85 billion from the sale
by the Company of 67,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock in the Offerings and
the application of such proceeds as set forth in "Use of Proceeds". This table
should be read in conjunction with the supplemental combined financial
statements and the related notes thereto set forth herein (in millions).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1995
-------------------------
COMBINED AS ADJUSTED
--------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Debt
Short-term debt (notes payable)................................... $13,747.3 $13,745.4
Long-term debt.................................................... 21,372.6 21,372.6
--------- ---------
Total debt................................................ $35,119.9 $35,118.0
========= =========
Stockholder's Equity
Preferred Stock...................................................
Common Stock...................................................... $ 47.0
Class A Common Stock.............................................. $ 0.9
Class B Common Stock.............................................. 2.6
Paid-in capital................................................... 2,124.3 4,019.7
Retained earnings................................................. 2,287.0 437.0
Foreign currency translation adjustments.......................... 330.6 330.6
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities.................. 12.2 12.2
--------- ---------
Total stockholder's equity................................ 4,801.1 4,803.0
--------- ---------
Total capitalization...................................... $39,921.0 $39,921.0
========= =========
</TABLE>

18
<PAGE> 20

SELECTED SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected supplemental combined financial data of the Company presented
below presents financial information of the Company giving supplemental combined
effect to the expected recontribution by Ford to the Company of the Foreign
Subsidiaries. See "The Company". The selected supplemental combined results of
operations and balance sheet data presented below as of December 31, 1995 and
1994 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1995
was derived from the supplemental combined financial statements of the Company
and the notes thereto set forth herein. The selected supplemental combined
results of operations and balance sheet data presented below as of December 31,
1993, 1992 and 1991 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended
December 31, 1992 was derived from supplemental combined financial statements
and the related notes thereto not presented herein. The data presented below
should be read in conjunction with the supplemental combined financial
statements and the related notes thereto set forth herein (dollars in millions,
except per share data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED OR AT DECEMBER 31
---------------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Total revenue.................................................. $ 6,107.2 $ 4,925.8 $ 4,114.8 $ 3,696.2 $ 3,495.8
Finance charge revenue......................................... 5,560.8 4,445.2 3,709.7 3,330.7 3,117.9
Interest expense............................................... 2,177.9 1,657.3 1,421.7 1,352.1 1,452.8
Net interest margin............................................ 3,382.9 2,787.9 2,288.0 1,978.6 1,665.1
Operating expenses............................................. 1,754.7 1,456.1 1,216.8 1,007.2 911.7
Provision for losses........................................... 834.0 647.1 536.1 568.6 494.3
Insurance benefits paid........................................ 142.5 147.9 118.9 103.7 99.9
Earnings before provision for income taxes and cumulative
effect of changes in accounting principles................... 1,198.1 1,017.4 821.3 664.6 537.1
Provision for income taxes..................................... 475.0 414.1 327.3 254.5 225.2
Net earnings(1)................................................ 723.1 603.3 494.0 410.1 311.9
Pro forma net earnings per share(2)(3)......................... 2.09
BALANCE SHEET DATA
Net finance receivables:
Consumer..................................................... 27,575.3 23,627.8 19,912.4 17,412.7 15,275.9
Commercial................................................... 12,127.2 10,057.9 8,382.3 6,958.3 6,396.9
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Total........................................................ 39,702.5 33,685.7 28,294.7 24,371.0 21,672.8
======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Allowance for losses........................................... (1,268.6) (1,061.6) (892.3) (764.7) (649.7)
Total assets................................................... 41,303.9 35,283.5 30,039.6 25,996.3 23,523.5
Short-term debt (notes payable)................................ 13,747.3 12,431.9 10,385.9 9,086.4 8,632.4
Long-term debt(4).............................................. 21,372.6 17,306.2 14,826.8 12,846.5 11,022.3
Stockholder's equity........................................... 4,801.1 4,436.8 3,774.3 3,231.1 3,061.0
Pro forma stockholder's equity per share(2)(3)................. 13.86
SELECTED DATA AND RATIOS
Net interest margin as a percentage of average net finance
receivables.................................................. 9.22% 9.00% 8.69% 8.59% 8.25%
Earnings to fixed charges...................................... 1.55x 1.61x 1.57x 1.49x 1.37x
Total debt to equity........................................... 7.2:1 6.6:1 6.6:1 6.7:1 6.4:1
Total debt to tangible equity.................................. 9.9:1 9.6:1 10.1:1 11.1:1 11.2:1
Return on average assets(1).................................... 1.89% 1.85% 1.76% 1.66% 1.40%
Return on average equity(1).................................... 15.66 14.70 14.10 13.04 12.49
Return on average tangible equity(1)........................... 21.90 21.71 22.31 22.15 24.59
60+days contractual delinquency................................ 1.71 1.35 1.43 1.85 2.56
Net credit losses to average net finance receivables........... 1.70 1.64 1.68 2.04 2.17
Allowance for losses to net finance receivables................ 3.20 3.15 3.15 3.14 3.00
Allowance for losses to net credit losses...................... 2.03x 2.09x 2.02x 1.63x 1.49x
Number of employees............................................ 16,647 15,318 13,933 12,430 11,142
Number of consumer and commercial branch offices
Domestic..................................................... 1,543 1,472 1,378 1,133 892
International................................................ 404 329 278 256 240
Total........................................................ 1,947 1,801 1,656 1,389 1,132
</TABLE>

- ---------------------

(2) Based on 346,484,849 shares outstanding after the Offerings.

(3) Due to the change in the Company's capital structure, historical share and
per share data will not be comparable to, or meaningful in the context of,
future periods. See "Capitalization".

(4) Includes current portion of long-term debt.

19
<PAGE> 21

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL

The Company is in the consumer and commercial finance business, providing
finance, leasing and related insurance products as well as other services. The
Company's revenues principally consist of income through finance charges and, to
a lesser extent, insurance premiums and investment income. The Company's primary
expenses are interest expense for the funding of its finance business, provision
for loan losses and operating expenses. A principal factor determining the
profitability of the Company is the Company's finance charge revenue less
interest expense ("net interest margin").

The following discussion and analysis provides information that management
believes to be relevant to understanding the Company's supplemental combined
financial condition and results of operations. This discussion should be read in
conjunction with the supplemental combined financial statements of the Company
and the related notes thereto included in this Prospectus. The following
information gives effect to the Foreign Subsidiaries Recontribution. See "The
Company".

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

SUMMARY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table summarizes the Company's net earnings and related data
(dollars in millions):

NET EARNINGS AND RELATED DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
--------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net Earnings............................................... $723.1 $603.3 $494.0
Change in Net Earnings
Amount................................................... $119.8 $109.3 $ 83.9
Percent.................................................. 19.9% 22.1% 20.5%
Return
On average assets........................................ 1.89% 1.85% 1.76%
On average equity........................................ 15.66% 14.70% 14.10%
</TABLE>

The primary factors influencing the changes in net earnings are finance
charge revenue and interest expense, operating expenses and loan losses, all of
which are described below.

The Company derived approximately 13% of its net earnings in 1995 from the
Foreign Subsidiaries, principally in Japan. See Note 17 to the Company's
supplemental combined financial statements. Management believes that the overall
factors and trends affecting the profitability of the Foreign Subsidiaries were
generally similar to the factors and trends affecting the profitability of its
analogous businesses in the United States.

20
<PAGE> 22

FINANCE CHARGE REVENUE AND INTEREST EXPENSE

The Company's net interest margin was as follows (dollars in millions):

NET INTEREST MARGIN

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
--------------------- --------------------- ---------------------
AMOUNT PERCENT(1) AMOUNT PERCENT(1) AMOUNT PERCENT(1)
-------- ---------- -------- ---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Finance Charge Revenue..... $5,560.8 15.15% $4,445.2 14.34% $3,709.7 14.09%
Interest Expense........... 2,177.9 6.72 1,657.3 6.03 1,421.7 6.03
-------- -------- --------
Net Interest Margin........ $3,382.9 9.22% $2,787.9 9.00% $2,288.0 8.69%
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Finance charge revenue and net interest margin are expressed as a percent of
average net finance receivables outstanding for the indicated period;
interest expense is expressed as a percent of average debt outstanding for
the indicated period.

Finance charge revenue increased in each of the years in both the Company's
domestic and international operations. The increase principally resulted from
growth in net finance receivables in each of the periods which caused
corresponding increases in the average net finance receivables outstanding
("ANR"). To a lesser extent, an increase in the composite finance charge yield
(finance charges as a percent of ANR) contributed to the increase in 1995 and
1994. However, in 1993, a decrease in the composite finance charge yield
partially offset the increase in finance charge revenue due to growth in ANR.
The components of the change in finance charge revenue attributable to net
receivable growth and changes in finance charge yields are set forth in the
following table (in millions):

COMPONENTS OF CHANGES IN FINANCE CHARGE REVENUE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
----------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
-------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Change Due to:
Growth in receivables................................... $ 864.4 $668.0 $466.4
Finance charge yield.................................... 251.2 67.5 (87.4)
-------- ------ ------
Total................................................... $1,115.6 $735.5 $379.0
======== ====== ======
</TABLE>

For further discussion regarding growth in the Company's net finance
receivables, see "-- Financial Condition". The finance charge yields to ANR for
each of the Company's business segments were as follows:

FINANCE CHARGE YIELDS TO ANR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
-----------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993 1992
----- ----- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consumer Segment.................................. 17.48% 16.85% 16.88% 16.91%
Commercial Segment................................ 10.11 9.67 10.05 10.82
Total Company..................................... 15.15% 14.34% 14.09% 14.47%
</TABLE>

The principal factors which influence finance charge yields are (i) the
interest rate environment, (ii) the level of business competition and (iii) the
varying composition of the finance receivable portfolios (i.e., "product mix").
The consumer segment composite finance charge yield is principally influenced by
shifts in product mix between higher yielding unsecured finance products and
lower yielding secured finance products. Change in product mix was the principal
cause of the

21
<PAGE> 23

movements in finance charge yield from 1993 to 1995. The commercial segment
composite finance charge yield is principally influenced by the level of
business competition and the interest rate environment and not by the mix of
secured and unsecured products since substantially all commercial finance
receivables are secured. The commercial segment experienced increased
competition from other lenders entering the commercial markets during the period
from 1992 to 1995, which caused the finance charge yields to decrease as a
result of competitive pricing. Changes in the prime lending rate over this
period introduced additional sensitivity in the composite finance charge yields
because commercial business pricing is substantially tied to the prime lending
rate. However, the Company's initiatives to increase pricing more than offset
the changes due to competition and the interest rate environment in 1995.

Total interest expense increased from 1993 through 1995. The increases were
principally due to higher average outstanding debt, primarily resulting from the
Company's growth in net finance receivables (see "-- Financial Condition") and,
to a lesser extent, an overall increase in the Company's borrowing rate
(interest expense divided by average outstanding debt). Interest expense and
average borrowing rates were as follows (dollars in millions):

INTEREST EXPENSE AND AVERAGE BORROWING RATES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED OR AT DECEMBER 31
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993 1992
--------------------- --------------------- --------------------- ---------
AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE
INTEREST BORROWING INTEREST BORROWING INTEREST BORROWING BORROWING
EXPENSE RATE EXPENSE RATE EXPENSE RATE RATE
-------- --------- -------- --------- -------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Short-term Debt.......................... -- 5.98% -- 4.35% -- 3.22% 3.80%
Long-term Debt(1)........................ -- 7.21 -- 7.23 -- 8.01 8.51
Total Debt............................... $2,177.9 6.72% $1,657.3 6.03% $1,421.7 6.03% 6.50%
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Includes the current portion of long-term debt.

The increases in the short-term average borrowing rate from 1993 to 1995,
which principally relate to commercial paper issued by the Company, generally
reflect the overall market increases in short-term interest rates over the
three-year period. The concurrent decreases in the long-term average borrowing
rates are the result of decreases in long-term market rates and the refinancing
of maturing debt at the prevailing lower rates. The Company seeks to match fund
its total finance receivables in each of the countries in which it does business
through the issuance of debt denominated in local currencies with maturity and
interest rate characteristics that reasonably match the characteristics of its
composite portfolio. Interest rate risk is measured and controlled through the
use of two different techniques: (i) static gap analysis and (ii) financial
forecasting. See "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources".

For purposes of measuring business segment profitability, the Company
generally allocates the interest expense incurred to the business segments based
on ANR. Management believes that analysis of the principal components of changes
in interest expense is only meaningful on a total Company basis. The change in
interest expense attributable to growth in average outstanding debt and changes
in average borrowing rates are set forth in the following table (in millions):

COMPONENTS OF CHANGES IN INTEREST EXPENSE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
----------------------------
1995 1994 1993
------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Change Due to:
Growth in debt............................................... $332.7 $235.3 $167.6
Borrowing rate............................................... 187.9 0.3 (98.0)
------ ------ -------
Total........................................................ $520.6 $235.6 $ 69.6
====== ====== =======
</TABLE>

22
<PAGE> 24

As a result of the forgoing changes in finance charge revenue and interest
expense, the Company's net interest margin increased in each of the three years
ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

INSURANCE PREMIUM REVENUE

Insurance premium revenue was $370.6 million, $329.0 million and $270.9
million for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
Insurance premium revenue, which is earned over the coverage term, increased
$41.6 million (12.6%) in 1995, $58.1 million (21.5%) in 1994, and $20.8 million
(8.3%) in 1993. The insurance operation is engaged in underwriting credit-
related and other specialized insurance products for customers of the consumer
and commercial finance businesses. See "Business -- Related Insurance".
Therefore, insurance sales, and resulting revenue, are largely dependent on the
business activities and volumes of the consumer and commercial finance
businesses. The increase in insurance revenue in each of the years was
principally caused by increased sales of insurance products associated with the
increase in net finance receivables outstanding. For a summary of premium
revenue generated by general product grouping, see "Business -- Related
Insurance".

INVESTMENT AND OTHER REVENUE

Investment and other revenue for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994
and 1993 was $175.8 million, $151.6 million and $134.2 million, respectively.
Investment income is derived from investments in marketable securities which are
principally owned by the Company's insurance operation. Other revenue is
primarily derived from the Company's fee-based financial services (i.e.,
relocation services and auto club and roadside assistance services). In each of
the years 1995, 1994 and 1993, the year-over-year increase in investment and
other revenue principally resulted from increases in the Company's investments
in marketable securities and related returns and, to a lesser extent, an
increase in other revenue related to the growth in the fee-based businesses.

OPERATING EXPENSES

Operating expenses, which do not include interest expense, were as follows
(dollars in millions):

OPERATING EXPENSES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
------------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
------------------ ------------------ ------------------
AMOUNT % ANR AMOUNT % ANR AMOUNT % ANR
-------- ----- -------- ----- -------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Salaries and Benefits............. $ 807.7 2.20% $ 700.8 2.26% $ 622.3 2.36%
Occupancy, Data Processing, and
Other........................... 947.0 2.58 755.3 2.44 594.5 2.26
-------- ----- -------- ----- -------- -----
Total............................. $1,754.7 4.78% $1,456.1 4.70% $1,216.8 4.62%
======== ===== ======== ===== ======== =====
Efficiency Ratio.................. 46.34% 46.66% 47.27%
===== ===== =====
</TABLE>

Total operating expenses increased from 1993 to 1995, principally due to
higher levels of business volume and outstanding receivables in each of the
years. The increases in salaries and benefits in total dollars is primarily due
to increases in the number of employees to support the higher business volume
and outstanding receivables. As a percentage of ANR, salaries and benefits
decreased in each of the years. This decrease reflects continued reductions in
the proportion of employee labor required to support the higher business volumes
and outstanding net receivables and results from improved operating efficiency.
The Company has achieved improved operating

23
<PAGE> 25

efficiency through focused initiatives it has undertaken over the last three
years, such as electronic credit applications, centralized payment processing
and automated loan documentation. The principal cause for the increases in
occupancy, data processing and other expenses in total dollars was growth in the
number of business locations, the aforementioned increase in employees and the
cost to implement its efficiency improvement initiatives. The increases in the
percentage of these expenses to ANR were primarily due to the Company's
investments in certain start-up expenses to expand the number of locations, fund
and implement its efficiency initiatives, and support its increased number of
employees, which are in part incurred in advance of generating expected
incremental finance receivables outstanding. As a result of such investments,
the Company's total operating efficiency, as measured by the ratio of total
operating expenses to revenues net of interest expense and insurance benefits
paid or provided ("Efficiency Ratio") improved from 1993 through 1995.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOSSES, LOSSES AND ASSET QUALITY

The Company maintains an allowance for losses on finance receivables at an
amount which it believes is sufficient to provide adequate protection against
losses in its portfolios. The allowance is determined principally on the basis
of historical loss experience and reflects management's judgment of additional
loss potential considering future economic conditions and the nature and
characteristics of the underlying finance receivables. For purposes of measuring
business segment profitability, each business segment establishes an allowance
for loan loss when a loan is made with a corresponding charge to the provision
for losses. The Company manages its allowance for losses on finance receivables
on a Company-wide basis taking into account actual and expected losses in each
business segment and the relationship of the allowance to net finance
receivables and total net credit losses; the resulting charge is included in the
provision for losses.

The components of the changes in the aggregate allowance for losses on
finance receivables during the periods indicated were as follows (dollars in
millions):

COMPONENTS OF CHANGES IN THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOSSES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
---------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
-------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at Beginning of Period............................. $1,061.6 $ 892.3 $ 764.7
Provision for losses..................................... 834.0 647.1 536.1
Recoveries on receivables charged off.................... 132.9 118.2 101.3
Losses sustained......................................... (757.1) (626.8) (542.5)
Reserves of acquired businesses and other................ (2.8) 30.8 32.7
-------- -------- -------
Balance at End of Period................................... $1,268.6 $1,061.6 $ 892.3
======== ======== =======
Allowance for Losses to Net Finance Receivables............ 3.20% 3.15% 3.15%
Allowance for Losses to Net Credit Losses.................. 2.03x 2.09x 2.02x
</TABLE>

24
<PAGE> 26

The provision for losses is principally influenced by growth in net finance
receivables and, to a lesser extent, net credit loss experience. Additions to
the allowance are charged to the provision for losses. Losses are charged to the
allowance as incurred and recoveries on losses previously charged to the
allowance are credited to the allowance at the time the recovery is collected.
The provision for losses increased in each of the years 1995, 1994 and 1993 as a
result of growth in finance receivables. The components of the changes in the
provision for losses in each of the years ended 1995, 1994 and 1993 are as
follows (in millions):

COMPONENTS OF CHANGES IN PROVISION FOR LOSSES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
--------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Change Due to:
Growth in receivables....................................... $184.5 $155.5 $ 92.4
Net loss experience......................................... 2.4 (44.5) (124.9)
------ ------ -------
Total....................................................... $186.9 $111.0 $ (32.5)
====== ====== =======
</TABLE>

For further discussion regarding growth in net finance receivables, see
"-- Financial Condition". Net loss experience improved year-over-year in 1994
and 1993, with the improved loss experience in 1993 more than offsetting the
increase in the provision resulting from growth. Loss experience increased
moderately in 1995 in substantially all of the Company's portfolios as reflected
in the following table (dollars in millions):

CONTRACTUAL DELINQUENCY AND NET CREDIT LOSSES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED OR AT DECEMBER 31
---------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993 1992
------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
60+Days Contractual Delinquency
Consumer........................................... 2.19% 1.80% 1.81% 2.25%
Commercial......................................... 0.64 0.28 0.52 0.82
Total...................................... 1.71% 1.35% 1.43% 1.85%
Total dollars delinquent................... $755.4 $510.3 $454.6 $506.2
Net Credit Losses to ANR
Consumer........................................... 2.35% 2.30% 2.24% 2.62%
Commercial......................................... 0.19 0.09 0.29 0.63
Total...................................... 1.70% 1.64% 1.68% 2.04%
Total dollars.............................. $624.2 $508.6 $441.2 $470.5
</TABLE>

Contractual delinquency and net credit losses improved, on a ratio basis,
across all portfolios domestically and internationally from 1992, approaching
historical lows in 1994, reflecting similar trends in overall economic
conditions. These trends reversed across all portfolios in 1995, principally as
a result of generally less favorable trends in economic conditions, including
decreased manufacturing capacity utilization and rising consumer debt levels.
The relationship of the allowance for losses to net finance receivables at
December 31, 1995 increased from 1994, reflecting management's opinion that
delinquency and net credit losses will continue to increase in 1996. See
"Business -- Additional Information Regarding the Company -- Loan Loss Reserves
and Credit Losses". Management believes the allowance for losses at December 31,
1995 is sufficient to provide adequate protection against losses in its
portfolios.

INSURANCE BENEFITS PAID OR PROVIDED

Insurance benefits paid or provided were $142.5 million in 1995, $147.9
million in 1994 and $118.9 million in 1993. Benefits paid or provided are
influenced by the amount of insurance in force, underwriting standards, loss
experience, term of coverage and product mix. Benefits paid or provided
increased in 1994 compared to 1993 primarily as a result of more insurance in
force. For

25
<PAGE> 27

1995, benefits paid or provided decreased when compared to 1994 primarily as a
result of favorable loss experience. See "Business -- Related Insurance" for a
description of the Company's insurance activities.

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

The Company's provision for income taxes and effective tax rates were as
follows (dollars in millions):

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
--------------------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
-------------------- -------------------- --------------------
EFFECTIVE EFFECTIVE EFFECTIVE
AMOUNT TAX RATE AMOUNT TAX RATE AMOUNT TAX RATE
------- --------- ------- --------- ------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Statutory Rate................. $419.4 35.0% $356.1 35.0% $287.5 35.0%
State income taxes................ 14.0 1.2 20.5 2.0 13.3 1.6
Non-deductible goodwill........... 10.9 0.9 11.7 1.2 13.5 1.6
Foreign rates in excess of U.S.
rate and other................. 30.7 2.5 25.8 2.5 13.0 1.7
------ ---- ------ ---- ------ ----
Provision for Income Taxes.......... $475.0 39.6% $414.1 40.7% $327.3 39.9%
====== ==== ====== ==== ====== ====
</TABLE>

The Company provides for income taxes on its foreign earnings at the
statutory tax rate in effect for the applicable country where such earnings
arise. The principal foreign earnings of the Company arise from its operation in
Japan, where the statutory tax rate is significantly higher than the U.S.
statutory tax rate.

The state income tax provision, and impact on the Company's effective tax
rate, increased from 1993 to 1994 due to changes in the Company's state
tax-sharing arrangement with Ford, which generally had the effect of increasing
the amount of taxable income in certain states in which the Company does
business. The provision and resulting impact on effective tax rate decreased
from 1994 to 1995 principally due to a one-time benefit provided to the Company
by Ford under its state tax-sharing agreement. Had the Company not received such
benefit, the 1995 provision and resulting impact on the effective rate would
have been substantially the same as that in 1994.

A substantial portion of the Company's total goodwill is related to, and
has been recorded by, its operation in Japan. The decrease in the tax provision
and the related impact on the effective tax rate for each year results from
changes in the Company's estimate of the amount of such goodwill that will
ultimately be tax deductible in Japan.

The increase in the provision resulting from foreign rates in excess of the
U.S. statutory rate and other, in each of the years, was principally due to
increases in Japanese earnings, on a percentage basis relative to total
earnings, which are subject to a higher tax rate than the U.S. rate.

NET EARNINGS

Net earnings of the Company for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and
1993 increased $119.8 million (19.9%), $109.3 million (22.1%) and $83.9 million
(20.5%), respectively. The profitability of the Company, as measured by returns
on average assets and average equity, also increased.

26
<PAGE> 28

FINANCIAL CONDITION

GROWTH IN NET FINANCE RECEIVABLES

The Company experienced growth in its consumer and commercial finance
receivable portfolios in 1995 and 1994 as follows (dollars in millions):

GROWTH IN NET FINANCE RECEIVABLES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED OR AT DECEMBER 31
--------------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994
----------------------------- -----------------------------
INCREASE FROM INCREASE FROM
PRIOR YEAR PRIOR YEAR
---------------- ----------------
BALANCE AMOUNT % BALANCE AMOUNT %
--------- -------- ---- --------- -------- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consumer Finance................. $27,575.3 $3,947.5 16.7% $23,627.8 $3,715.4 18.7%
Commercial Finance............... 12,127.2 2,069.3 20.6 10,057.9 1,675.6 20.0
--------- -------- --------- --------
Total.................. $39,702.5 $6,016.8 17.9% $33,685.7 $5,391.0 19.1%
========= ======== ========= ========
</TABLE>

The growth in net finance receivables, in both the consumer and commercial
finance segments, during 1994 and 1995, was principally due to expansion through
the addition of 145 branches in 1994 and 146 branches in 1995, as well as
increased penetration of existing markets through expanded lines of business,
new products, acquisitions and other activities.

DEBT

Total outstanding debt was $35.1 billion, $29.7 billion, and $25.2 billion
at December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively. Such amounts of debt reflect
net increases of $5.4 billion (18.1%) in 1995 and $4.5 billion (17.9%) in 1994.
In both years, the increase was primarily a result of the growth in net finance
receivables. Debt is the primary source of funding to support the Company's
growth in net finance receivables. At December 31, 1995 and 1994, short-term
debt, including the current portion of long-term debt, as a percent of total
debt was 48% and 50%, respectively. The current portion of long-term debt at
December 31, 1995 and 1994 was $3.2 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively.

Total debt to equity (the ratio of interest-bearing debt net of short-term
investments to total stockholder's equity) at December 31, 1995 and 1994 was
7.2:1 and 6.6:1, respectively. The increase was primarily due to a special,
one-time return of capital made by the Company's operation located in Japan, to
a Ford subsidiary, in the amount of $228.9 million in September 1995. Without
the repatriation of capital by the operation in Japan, the December 31, 1995
total debt to equity would have been approximately 6.9:1.

STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

Stockholder's equity increased to $4.8 billion in 1995 from $4.4 billion in
1994. The primary cause for this increase was the amount of net earnings from
the Company's operations in the amount of $723.1 million in 1995 and $603.3
million in 1994. In 1995 and 1994, the Company paid dividends to Ford of $318.0
million and $288.1 million, respectively. The Company received capital
contributions from Ford in 1995 and 1994 of $200.0 million and $215.1 million,
respectively. Also in 1995, the Company made a one-time return of capital from
its operation in Japan to Ford in the amount of $228.9 million. A portion of the
Company's assets, liabilities and earnings are denominated in foreign
currencies. The Company records the financial impact of translating these
balances for financial accounting purposes as unrealized translation gains and
losses directly to equity. The balance of unrealized translation gains and
losses at December 31, 1995 and 1994 was $330.6 million and $372.3 million,
respectively.

27
<PAGE> 29

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Through its asset and liability management function, the Company maintains
a disciplined approach to the management of liquidity, capital, interest rate
risk and foreign exchange risk. The Company has a formal process for managing
its liquidity in the U.S. and internationally to ensure that funds are available
at all times to meet the Company's commitments.

The Company's principal sources of cash are proceeds from the issuance of
short-term and long-term debt and cash provided from the Company's operations.
In the past, Ford has made periodic capital contributions to the Company. As a
result of Ford's decreased ownership interest in the Company, Ford may not be
willing to make capital contributions to the Company in the future. In addition,
because Ford may seek to maintain its beneficial ownership percentage of the
Company, the Company may be constrained in its ability to raise common or
preferred equity capital in the future. For a discussion of the potential impact
of Ford's financial condition on the Company's ability to raise capital, see
"Risk Factors -- Limitations upon Liquidity and Capital Raising -- Potential
constraints upon ability to raise capital and fund operations". Nevertheless,
the Company believes that it has available sufficient liquidity, from a
combination of cash provided from operations and external borrowings, to support
its operations.

A principal strength of the Company is its ability to access the global
debt markets in a cost-efficient manner. Continued access to the public and
private debt markets is critical to the Company's ability to continue to fund
its operations. The Company seeks to maintain a conservative liquidity position
and actively manage its liability and capital levels, debt maturities,
diversification of funding sources and asset liquidity to ensure that the
Company is able to meet its obligations. The Company's U.S. operations are
principally funded through domestic borrowings made by ACONA and, to a much
lesser extent, directly by the Company. The Company's Foreign Subsidiaries are
principally financed through private debt borrowings made directly by the
particular foreign entity in the local currency and, to a lesser extent, fully
hedged intercompany borrowings.

At December 31, 1995, the Company had short-term debt outstanding of $13.7
billion. Short-term debt principally consists of commercial paper issued by
ACONA and represents the Company's primary source of short-term liquidity.
Commercial paper is issued with maturities ranging from 1 to 270 days. The
average interest rate on short-term debt in 1995 and 1994 was 5.98% and 4.35%,
respectively. The change in average rates was principally due to the overall
changes in market rates during such years.

At December 31, 1995, the Company had long-term debt outstanding of $21.4
billion. Long-term debt principally consists of unsecured long-term debt issued
publicly and privately by ACONA in the United States and abroad, and to a lesser
extent, private borrowings made by the Company's foreign subsidiaries. During
the years ended 1995 and 1994 the Company raised debt aggregating $6.3 billion
and $4.8 billion, respectively, through public and private offerings at weighted
average effective interest rates and weighted average terms of 6.59% and 5.7
years and 6.94% and 4.7 years, respectively. The change in effective average
interest rates was primarily caused by overall changes in market rates during
such years. A portion of the long-term debt raised was used to retire
outstanding indebtedness. For the years ended 1995 and 1994, the Company
replaced maturing long-term debt in the amount of $2.5 billion and $2.4 billion,
respectively.

Interest rate risk management is measured and controlled through the use of
two different techniques: static gap analysis and financial forecasting, both of
which incorporate assumptions as to future events. The Company's GAP POSITION is
defined as the sum of floating rate asset balances and principal payments on
fixed rate assets, less the sum of floating rate liability balances and fixed
rate liability maturities. The Company measures its gap position at various time
horizons, ranging from three months to five years. The Company seeks to maintain
a positive one-year gap position within a range of 15% of total earning assets,
although the one-year gap position is not necessarily illustrative of the gap
position at shorter or longer time horizons. The Company's three-, six- and
twelve-month gap positions at December 31, 1995 were -2.8%, 1.4% and 9.2%,
respectively. A

28
<PAGE> 30

positive gap position at one year indicates that a greater percentage of assets
than liabilities reprice within a one-year time frame. Generally, the
combination of a positive gap position and a rising rate environment will result
in assets repricing to higher rates more quickly than liabilities, thereby
producing wider lending spreads over a given time frame. Conversely, the
combination of a positive gap and a falling rate environment will generally
result in narrowing lending spreads over a given time frame. The Company
believes that its portfolio has repricing characteristics that mitigate the
impact of rate movements over both the short- and long-term. In addition to the
gap analysis, the Company uses financial forecasting to evaluate the impact on
earnings under a variety of scenarios that may incorporate changes in the
absolute level of interest rates, the shape of the yield curve, prepayments,
interest rate spread relationships and changes in the volumes and rates of
various asset and liability categories.

Management believes that the Company has limited exposure to exchange rate
risk related to its foreign operations. At December 31, 1995, the Company had
$55.7 million of outstanding hedged borrowings with its foreign operations. For
the year ended December 31, 1995, approximately 10% of the Company's revenues
and 10% of its net earnings were derived from its operation in Japan. In recent
years, the value of the Japanese yen has appreciated sharply against the U.S.
dollar. Appreciation had a positive impact upon the contribution of AIC to the
Company's revenues and net earnings expressed in U.S. dollars. Any appreciation
of the U.S. dollar against the Japanese yen would adversely affect AIC's
contribution measured in U.S. dollars. The Company has also entered into various
support agreements on behalf of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries, including AIC.
Under these support agreements, the Company has either guaranteed specific
issues of such subsidiaries' debt denominated in foreign currency or agreed to
supervise operations in a responsible manner and to provide additional support
on a lender's reasonable request. See Notes 6, 7 and 15 to the Company's
supplemental combined financial statements for a further description of the
Company's borrowings and currency hedging activities.

Substantial additional liquidity is available to the Company's domestic
operations through established credit facilities in support of its net
short-term borrowings. Such credit facilities provide a means of refinancing its
maturing short-term obligations as needed. At December 31, 1995, short-term bank
lines, revolving credit facilities and receivable purchase facilities totaled
$10.3 billion, none of which was in use at that date. These facilities
represented 77% of domestic net short-term indebtedness outstanding at December
31, 1995.

Additionally, the Company believes it has access to other sources of
liquidity, which to date it has not accessed, including, among others, the
securitization or sale of its assets and issuance of alternative forms of
capital, including preferred stock.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation", ("SFAS
No. 123") effective in 1996. The Company has not determined whether it will
adopt the fair value-based method prescribed by SFAS No. 123 or use the
accounting prescribed by APB No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees".
In any event, the effect is not expected to be significant to the Company's
results of operations or financial condition.

29
<PAGE> 31

BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

As the following graph depicts, over the last five years after-tax earnings
have grown at a compound annual rate in excess of 19% to $723.1 million and
return on average equity has grown to 15.66% for the year ended December 31,
1995. Such growth resulted principally from internal expansion (through, among
other things, branch openings, new lines of business and geographic expansion)
as well as selective acquisitions.

AFTER-TAX EARNINGS AND RETURN ON AVERAGE EQUITY
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
[GRAPH]

- ---------------

(1) In order to present 1991 return on average equity and after-tax earnings on
a basis consistent with subsequent years, certain debt related to Ford's
acquisition of the Company's operation in Japan which was converted to
equity during 1991 has been treated as if it were converted as of December
31, 1990 and the related 1991 non-recurring interest expense of $39.2
million has been excluded. If this debt had not been so treated and the
related non-recurring interest expense included, return on average equity
would have been 12.49% and after-tax net earnings would have been $311.9
million.

30
<PAGE> 32

The Company divides its diverse activities into consumer finance and
commercial finance. The Company's consumer finance operations consist of a
variety of specialized consumer financing products and services, including home
equity lending, personal lending, retail sales financing and credit cards. The
Company's commercial operations primarily provide retail financing, leasing and
wholesale financing for heavy-duty and medium-duty trucks and truck trailers,
construction, material handling and other industrial equipment and manufactured
housing.

The business of the Company and its products are depicted in the following
chart:

[CHART]

31
<PAGE> 33

As shown in the table below, the Company has expanded its business over the
last five years, both through internal growth and selective acquisitions. The
table sets forth data for the respective periods (dollars in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED OR AT DECEMBER 31
-------------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consumer Net Finance
Receivables....................... $27,575.3 $23,627.8 $19,912.4 $17,412.7 $15,275.9
Commercial Net Finance
Receivables....................... 12,127.2 10,057.9 8,382.3 6,958.3 6,396.9
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total Receivables................... $39,702.5 $33,685.7 $28,294.7 $24,371.0 $21,672.8
========= ========= ========= ========= =========
Composition of Receivables Growth
Internal(1)....................... $ 5,713.4 $ 4,876.2 $ 2,881.7 $ 1,689.9 $ 3,531.8(2)
Acquisitions...................... 303.4 514.8 1,042.0 1,008.3 1,840.2
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total Growth........................ $ 6,016.8 $ 5,391.0 $ 3,923.7 $ 2,698.2 $ 5,372.0
========= ========= ========= ========= =========
Percent of Growth from Acquisitions. 5.0% 9.5% 26.6% 37.4% 34.3%
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Internal growth includes receivables generated by acquired businesses from
the date of acquisition.
(2) Includes $2.2 billion of receivables from the transfer of Ford Consumer
Finance Company, Inc. from Ford to the Company.

Internal expansion has resulted from, among other things, branch openings,
new lines of business and geographic expansion. The Company actively pursues
attractive acquisition opportunities, and, over the past five years,
acquisitions have represented a significant percentage of the Company's net
receivables growth in any particular year. There can be no assurance, however,
that such acquisition opportunities will continue to be available to the Company
in the future. Set forth below is certain information concerning several of the
Company's more significant acquisitions from 1991 through 1995 (in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NET FINANCE
RECEIVABLES
ACQUISITION ACQUIRED DESCRIPTION
- ----------------------------------- ----------- ---------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
LCA (1995)......................... $ 252 Commercial leasing receivables, principally
related to machine tool finance
Amoco (1994)....................... 454 Private label credit card receivables
Mack Financial (1993).............. 629 The assets of the financing division of Mack
Trucks Inc., consisting of commercial
finance receivables, principally secured by
heavy-duty trucks and truck trailers
Allied Finance (1993).............. 146 Consumer finance branch office franchise
operating principally in Texas
First Family Financial (1992)...... 546 Consumer finance branch office franchise
operating principally in the Southeastern
United States
Signal Finance (1992).............. 290 Consumer finance receivables and branch
offices
Chase Manhattan Leasing (formerly
Clark Equipment Credit) (1991)... 800 Equipment finance business operating in the
United States and Canada
Kentucky Finance (1991)............ 276 Consumer finance branch office franchise
operating principally in Kentucky
</TABLE>

32
<PAGE> 34

STRATEGY

The Company believes that its consistent growth in profits has resulted
from the balanced pursuit of asset and revenue growth and risk and expense
control. The Company attempts to increase its net finance receivables by
emphasizing customer service and convenient product delivery and expanding its
relationships with existing customers. The Company also seeks to develop
products and services for new markets believed to have strong profit potential.

OPERATING DISCIPLINES. The Company believes that the following operating
disciplines have been key to its success: (i) focusing employees on growth and
profitability through incentives, (ii) maintaining strict credit underwriting
standards and collection policies to reduce losses, (iii) controlling operating
expenses and (iv) sourcing funds on a cost effective basis. The Company believes
that adherence to these disciplines has created a receivables portfolio that is
diversified by market, geography, customer, maturity and product. As a result,
the Company believes that it has been able to reduce its exposure to adverse
economic developments in any particular market or region. The Company has also
developed flexible branch and centralized delivery systems that it believes
allow it to best serve the diversified nature of its business activities and
customer base.

Employee Focus. The Company recognizes and rewards employee performance at
all levels of the organization. Performance measures are tailored to the
specific objectives of each business unit. Individual rewards for meeting
specific pre-set targets represent a meaningful portion of an employee's
compensation package. For example, in certain branches the Company provides
incentives to branch employees enabling the employees to earn bonuses when the
branches meet established performance objectives. Performance objectives include
measures of sales, service, collections and profitability.

Credit Quality. To maintain profit margins and minimize risk, the Company
employs various credit analysis techniques, including proprietary credit and
BEHAVIORAL SCORING SYSTEMS to price loans according to risk. The Company places
significant emphasis on proper assessment of customer credit profiles as well as
maintaining appropriate loss reserves. While approaches for CREDIT SCORING,
reserving and portfolio monitoring are developed at the corporate level, the
Company believes that both delinquencies and credit losses have been reduced
through close contact with its customers and early attention to problem
situations.

Expense Control. The Company seeks to control operational expenses at every
level. For example, the Company has invested in technology and other systems
designed to improve the level of service provided to customers as well as
centralize those functions that can be administered more prudently and
efficiently on a Company-wide basis.

Funds and Capital. The Company seeks to source funds on a cost effective
basis by maintaining strong credit ratings and a conservative capital structure,
accessing selected global markets and managing asset/liability and interest rate
exposures. The current long-term credit ratings of ACONA are Aa3 and AA- as
determined by Moody's and Standard & Poor's, respectively. Those for the Company
are A1 and A+, respectively. ACONA's commercial paper ratings are P-1 and A-1+
from Moody's and Standard & Poor's, respectively, the highest ratings available
for commercial paper.

BUSINESS OBJECTIVE. The Company's business objective is to continue to
achieve consistent profitable growth based upon the foregoing operating
disciplines, regardless of market conditions and interest rate environments. The
Company believes this objective can be met by the following strategies:

Expanding Existing Businesses. The Company seeks to generate growth from
its current businesses by expanding its relationships with customers, increasing
its number of branches and developing new products. The Company also seeks to
enhance profitability through productivity improvements, including investments
in proven technology. The Company strives to establish additional customer
relationships and arrangements with third parties, such as major oil companies

33
<PAGE> 35

(private label credit cards) and selected manufacturers (financing for material
handling equipment), to provide financing services that enhance the distribution
of their products.

Identifying New Markets. The Company also seeks to achieve profitable
domestic and international growth by developing delivery systems and marketing
strategies that target niche markets and customer segments with strong profit
potential. In recent years, for example, the Company has begun to focus on
sourcing home improvement loans and providing financing and leasing for
medium-duty trucks. See "-- Consumer Finance" and "-- Commercial Finance".

Building Customer Relationships. Through its multiple distribution systems,
the Company seeks to design marketing strategies and servicing standards not
only to identify new customers and originate initial loans but also to retain
existing customers. The Company believes that this strategy has enabled it to
generate repeat loans and migrate existing customers to other finance products.
In its consumer branch delivery systems, the Company seeks to migrate existing
finance customers toward home equity loans by employing analytical tools to
identify those customers who have good payment and credit histories and who may
desire additional credit. Home equity loans typically have higher balances and
lower levels of risk to the Company. The Company's commercial finance businesses
are structured so that the Company's sales representatives and managers maintain
ongoing close contact with dealers and manufacturers (the primary "customers" in
the truck finance and equipment finance arena) as well as product purchasers.

Selective Acquisitions. Although the Company does not rely on acquisitions
for growth, management seeks to continue to pursue opportunistic acquisitions
which meet Company growth and profitability standards. Historically, strategic
acquisitions have, in both the U.S. and international markets, leveraged
operating costs, increased market share, introduced new product lines, enhanced
profitability and fueled growth. Management believes that its disciplined,
financial and operational approach to acquisitions has enabled the Company to
develop the skills required to successfully acquire and integrate acquisitions
into its operations.

DISTINCTIVE CULTURE AND EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT. Management believes that
employees' commitment to a distinct culture and set of core values distinguishes
the Company from its competitors. Core values include: (i) working hard to
exceed customers' expectations, (ii) taking pride in each employee's work and in
the Company, (iii) conducting business with integrity and trust, (iv) responding
quickly to customer needs, (v) mutual respect and recognition of excellent
performance, (vi) the importance of constant improvement by each employee, (vii)
the belief that intensity and competition fuel success and (viii) the belief in
being a good corporate neighbor. The Company believes its strong, experienced
management team has developed a disciplined operating philosophy and has
implemented a distinct business strategy in each of the Company's diverse
business units. The Company seeks to reinforce such culture and core values to
all employees through extensive training, incentive programs and operating
controls at every level. The Company believes that maintaining its distinct
culture, core values and strong management will continue to be a key element of
the Company's strategy.

CONSUMER FINANCE

GENERAL

The Company's consumer finance business consists of a variety of consumer
financing services and a credit card business. The Company distributes its
consumer finance products through multiple delivery systems, which include (i)
over 1,800 domestic and international consumer branch offices, (ii) a
centralized lending operation principally for third party sourced home equity
loans and (iii) centralized credit card operations. Home equity loans account
for the largest portion of the Company's consumer finance portfolio, and are
distributed through branch delivery systems and a centralized lending operation.
The Company also offers personal installment loans and purchases consumer retail
sales finance contracts through various domestic and international branch
delivery systems. In addition, the Company provides revolving credit financing
through its

34
<PAGE> 36

credit card business, which consists of issuing VISA and MasterCard bankcards
and private label credit cards. The Company, through certain subsidiaries and
others, also makes available various credit-related and non-credit-related
insurance products to its consumer finance customers, including CREDIT LIFE,
CREDIT ACCIDENT AND HEALTH, ACCIDENTAL DEATH AND DISMEMBERMENT, INVOLUNTARY
UNEMPLOYMENT and PERSONAL PROPERTY INSURANCE. See "-- Related Insurance".

The Company's consumer finance customers span a wide range of income
levels, age groups and credit histories. These customers generally have a
history of using credit from a variety of sources and include homeowners,
purchasers of consumer durables (such as furniture, electronics and appliances)
and college students. Customer credit factors generally include, among other
things, job stability, length of time at residence and, in many cases, home
ownership. With respect to its branch delivery system, the Company believes that
an important characteristic is the personal relationships developed between the
branch employee and its customers.

The following table shows net finance receivables outstanding and the
annual growth rates attributable to the various types of consumer financing
products (dollars in millions):

CONSUMER NET FINANCE RECEIVABLES OUTSTANDING

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED OR AT DECEMBER 31
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991
-------------------- -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- --------------------
NET ANNUAL NET ANNUAL NET ANNUAL NET ANNUAL NET ANNUAL
RECEIVABLES GROWTH RECEIVABLES GROWTH RECEIVABLES GROWTH RECEIVABLES GROWTH RECEIVABLES GROWTH
----------- ------ ----------- ------ ----------- ------ ----------- ------ ----------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Home Equity
Lending....... $ 14,386.2 16.5% $ 12,349.9 16.3% $ 10,619.7 10.3% $ 9,630.1 16.7% $ 8,249.1 16.3%
Personal
Lending/Sales
Finance....... 6,117.6 15.3 5,304.2 21.8 4,354.2 19.6 3,640.2 12.9 3,224.2 16.7
Credit Card..... 4,818.6 23.1 3,915.5 26.1 3,104.8 18.7 2,614.6 (2.0) 2,668.4 3.2
Manufactured
Housing(1).... 2,034.1 21.9 1,669.2 29.4 1,290.2 31.1 983.9 41.1 697.2 34.6
Accruals and
Other......... 218.8 389.0 543.5 543.9 437.0
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total
Consumer...... $ 27,575.3 16.7% $ 23,627.8 18.7% $ 19,912.4 14.4% $ 17,412.7 14.0% $ 15,275.9 17.1%
========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Except as otherwise indicated, the dollar amount of manufactured housing
receivables is included in the dollar amount of total consumer net finance
receivables throughout this Prospectus, because the credit and related risks
of the manufactured housing business are similar to those of the Company's
consumer finance business. Manufactured housing receivables are included
with consumer net finance receivables in determining the percentage of total
net finance receivables which are consumer net finance receivables. However,
manufactured housing operations are discussed in this Prospectus as part of
the Company's commercial activities because the marketing and management of
manufactured housing products are more closely related to commercial finance
products. See "-- Commercial Finance".

At December 31, 1995, the finance charge yield on all types of consumer net
finance receivables averaged approximately 17% per annum. Variable rates were
charged on 33% of the consumer net finance receivables outstanding at such date.
State laws often establish maximum allowable finance charges for certain
consumer loans; approximately 92% of the outstanding consumer net finance
receivables were either not subject to such state maximums, or if subject, such
maximum finance charges did not, in most cases, materially restrict the interest
rates charged. See "-- Additional Information Regarding the
Company -- Regulation".

HOME EQUITY LENDING, PERSONAL LENDING AND RETAIL SALES FINANCE

OVERVIEW. Home equity loans account for the largest share (52%) of the
Company's consumer finance portfolio and are distributed through its U.S. and
international branch delivery systems and a centralized lending operation. The
Company offers personal installment loans and purchases retail sales finance
contracts from retailers through its various domestic and international branch
delivery systems.

The Company's consumer finance branch system traces its roots to 1918 in
South Bend, Indiana. Throughout the Company's history, its branch delivery
system has been at the core of its

35
<PAGE> 37

success. The Company believes its branch delivery system is the largest consumer
finance branch system in the United States and has been a key factor in the
growth and profitability of its consumer finance business. In the United States,
the Company has in excess of 1,400 branch offices in 44 states and serves
approximately 2.5 million customers. Internationally the Company operates
principally in Japan, with 294 branches serving approximately 314,000 customers.
The Company also operates branch systems in the United Kingdom (64 branches) and
Puerto Rico (34 branches) and recently commenced consumer finance operations in
Canada and Mexico.

In the late 1980's, to maintain the core business focus of the branch
delivery system and in recognition of the growth potential in home equity
lending, the Company formed a centralized operation devoted to originating and
servicing home equity loans from mortgage brokers. In 1991, Ford transferred its
centralized home equity lending operation, Ford Consumer Finance Company, Inc.
("FCFC"), to the Company. The Company combined its then-existing broker-sourced
home equity lending operations with those of FCFC and continues to operate its
centralized home equity lending business under the FCFC name. The Company's use
of the name "Ford" is subject to a trademark license agreement. See
"Relationship with Ford -- Trademark License Agreement".

HOME EQUITY LENDING -- PRODUCTS. The Company's home equity lending
activities consist of originating and servicing fixed and variable rate mortgage
loans that are primarily secured by single family residential properties. Such
loans are made to borrowers primarily for the purpose of debt consolidation,
including the refinancing of existing mortgage loans, home improvements and a
variety of other purposes. Relatively few of the Company's originations of home
equity loans are mortgages used for the acquisition of homes.

The following table shows certain information with respect to the Company's
home equity lending receivables:

HOME EQUITY LENDING

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED OR AT DECEMBER 31
---------------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991
--------- --------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Receivables (In Millions)..... $14,386.2 $12,349.9 $ 10,619.7 $ 9,630.1 $ 8,249.1
Average Account Balance........... $ 41,356 $ 40,018 $ 36,018 $ 34,179 $ 32,550
Number of Accounts................ 347,864 308,607 294,848 281,752 253,429
Finance Charge Yield to Average
Amount Advanced................. 13.95% 13.62% 13.53% 13.52% 14.43%
Original Term (In Months)......... 157 155 153 158 158
60 + Days Contractual
Delinquency..................... 1.88% 1.45% 1.52% 2.00% 2.63%
Losses to Average Amount
Advanced........................ 1.08% 1.05% 1.16% 1.26% 1.21%
</TABLE>

The Company's home equity loans typically have maturities of up to 180
months. Approximately 36% of the Company's home equity loans are variable rate
loans. While home equity loans may be secured by either first or second
mortgages, at December 31, 1995, approximately 75% of the aggregate net
outstanding balance of home equity lending receivables were secured by first
mortgages.

The Company makes credit decisions based on pre-established guidelines
principally regarding each applicant's credit history and ability to repay.
Company representatives or, in the case of centralized lending, correspondent
lenders or brokers, are responsible for completing, evaluating and processing
each loan application based on information obtained from the borrower or third
parties. Such information includes annual income, length of time at residence
and job stability. A debt to income ratio is calculated, including the monthly
payment on the proposed loan, in determining the ability of the customer to
repay. In addition, the Company reviews credit bureau

36
<PAGE> 38

records to determine the applicant's credit history and may use credit scoring
models to assess the applicant's credit risk profile. Because many branch
customers have borrowed previously from the Company, the branch may also have
direct credit experience with that customer, and this experience can often add a
further level of reliability to the Company's credit evaluation. Loans generally
do not exceed 90% of the appraised value of the property with the maximum LOAN
TO VALUE RATIO available to any customer depending on the credit quality of the
customer and local economic and real estate market conditions. The Company
grants to employees varying levels of lending authority based on the
individual's performance, qualifications and experience. Management approval
outside the local branch is necessary for deviations from the Company's standard
lending practices.

Branch employees receive training concerning the Company's collection
policies, procedures and techniques. The Company seeks to leverage the personal
relationships it develops with its branch customers to make personal contact
with customers whose accounts are delinquent. A branch employee generally
contacts a customer whose account has become ten days contractually delinquent
to learn of any changes in the customer's financial situation and to make
arrangements for payment. A branch manager generally contacts a customer whose
account has become 30 days contractually delinquent to assess the customer's
willingness and ability to repay, including potential loan restructuring
alternatives. Home equity loans more than 90 days contractually past due are
collected through centralized units which manage foreclosures. Collections by
the centralized lending operations are handled from the outset by regional
service centers. Once any foreclosure is completed, the property is marketed by
the Company's real estate owned unit.

PERSONAL LOANS/RETAIL SALES FINANCE -- PRODUCTS. The Company's personal
lending business consists of direct origination and servicing of secured and
unsecured revolving and CLOSED-END PERSONAL LOANS to individuals. Personal loans
are direct consumer loans that are generally not secured by real estate. Such
loans may be secured by existing personal property, including automobiles, as
well as consumer durables and/or guarantees by third parties. Personal loans
generally involve disbursements at the inception of the loan with installment
payments leading to full amortization by maturity, which ranges up to 60 months.
In general, personal loans are made for debt consolidation, home improvement,
education, vacation, taxes and major purchases of appliances and other durable
goods. The Company sources personal loan customers through solicitation of
existing retail sales finance customers, direct mail, advertising and referrals.
The relationships between the Company and its personal loan customers permit the
Company to offer other loan products based on each customer's credit needs.

Retail sales finance contracts are generally for the purchase of items such
as household electronic appliances, furniture and home improvements. The Company
generally purchases retail finance sales contracts from retailers of such items.
These activities provide an important source of new loan customers, since,
following the purchase of a retail sales finance contract, the Company has a
direct relationship with the borrower. The newly-established relationship often
leads to other types of financing for the customer based on the individual's
credit needs. As with personal loans, the terms of retail sales finance
contracts differ based on the amount financed and the credit quality of the
customer. Generally, retail sales finance contracts have terms ranging from 24
to 36 months.

37
<PAGE> 39

Statistical information for average personal loan and average retail sales
finance contract receivables is generally similar. For example, at December 31,
1995, the average balance of the Company's outstanding personal loans was
$2,490, and the average balance of the Company's outstanding retail sales
finance contracts was $1,783. The following table shows certain information with
respect to the Company's aggregate personal lending and retail sales finance
contract receivables:

PERSONAL LENDING/RETAIL SALES FINANCE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED OR AT DECEMBER 31
--------------------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991
------------ ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Receivables (In
Millions).................... $ 6,117.6 $ 5,304.2 $ 4,354.2 $ 3,640.2 $ 3,224.2
Average Account Balance........ $ 2,213 $ 2,183 $ 2,111 $ 2,031 $ 2,105
Number of Accounts............. 2,764,050 2,429,281 2,062,200 1,792,328 1,531,993
Finance Charge Yield to Average
Amount Advanced.............. 25.22% 25.47% 24.73% 24.28% 22.94%
Original Term (In Months)...... 37 36 35 39 37
60 + Days Contractual
Delinquency.................. 2.63% 2.41% 2.50% 3.15% 3.68%
Losses to Average Amount
Advanced..................... 4.33% 3.71% 3.23% 4.05% 4.48%
</TABLE>

Credit decisions and collections with respect to personal loans and retail
sales finance contracts are generally handled in a manner consistent with home
equity loans, although actual credit scoring models and credit criteria differ.
Retail sales finance programs feature timely credit approval decisions that, in
many cases, are automated through the Company's centralized credit application
processing systems.

Even where credit decisions have been made centrally, the branches play the
primary role in collections of personal loans and retail sales finance
contracts. Collection responsibility remains with the appropriate branch until
the loan is charged off, at which point collection responsibility moves to a
recovery center. It is the Company's policy to report delinquencies and defaults
from customers on their obligations to credit reporting agencies.

DELIVERY OF HOME EQUITY LOANS, PERSONAL LOANS AND RETAIL SALES FINANCING.
The Company provides its home equity and personal loans and retail sales
financing through both domestic and international branch systems and through a
centralized lending operation. The following table sets forth the distribution
of home equity and personal lending/retail sales finance outstanding net
receivables among the various delivery systems (in millions):

HOME EQUITY AND PERSONAL LENDING/RETAIL SALES FINANCE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1995
--------------------------------------------------------
DOMESTIC INTERNATIONAL
BRANCH BRANCH CENTRALIZED
SYSTEM SYSTEM LENDING TOTAL
--------- -------------- ------------ ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Home Equity Lending......................... $ 6,245.0 $1,112.4 $7,028.8 $14,386.2
Personal Lending/Retail Sales Finance....... 4,716.2 1,381.4 20.0 6,117.6
--------- -------- --------- ---------
Total............................. $10,961.2 $2,493.8 $7,048.8 $20,503.8
========= ======== ========= =========
</TABLE>

Domestic Branch System. At December 31, 1995, the Company's consumer
finance domestic branch system consisted of more than 1,400 geographically
dispersed locations in the United States. These locations operate under five
different nameplates -- Associates Financial Services, TranSouth Financial,
First Family Financial Services, Kentucky Finance and Allied Finance. The

38
<PAGE> 40

Company retained the latter four nameplates following their acquisition by the
Company in order to retain name recognition and awareness, customer
relationships and market niches.

Each nameplate operates under similar strategies in specific niche product
or geographic markets. Associates Financial Services operates in 44 states,
typically in retail shopping areas. TranSouth Financial operates in 19 states,
principally in the Southeastern United States. First Family Financial Services
operates in 6 states, principally in the Southeastern United States. Kentucky
Finance operates primarily in Kentucky. Allied Finance operates in Texas. All
offices offer home equity loans (except Allied Finance) and personal loans and
purchase retail sales finance contracts. In addition, TranSouth offices
specialize in retail installment financing through automobile dealers.

The following table shows certain information with respect to the Company's
domestic branch system (dollars in millions):

DOMESTIC BRANCH SYSTEM

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Receivables
Home equity lending..... $ 6,245.0 $ 5,456.1 $ 4,820.8 $ 4,466.3 $ 3,745.6
Personal lending/retail
sales finance........ 4,716.2 4,140.8 3,449.5 2,850.2 2,400.0
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Total
receivables... $ 10,961.2 $ 9,596.9 $ 8,270.3 $ 7,316.5 $ 6,145.6
=========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
Number of Branches........ 1,416 1,356 1,269 1,021 762
Number of Accounts........ 2,479,509 2,175,095 1,844,686 1,581,944 1,304,216
</TABLE>

Since 1991, the Company's domestic branch delivery system has increased by
654 branches (86%), a significant portion of which resulted from new branch
openings.

A key objective of the Company's branches is to establish and maintain
continuing personal relationships with its customers. As a result of the
Company's familiarity and frequent contact with its customers, the principal
source of business at the branch level is from repeat customers. Many of these
customers begin their relationship with the Company through personal loans and
retail sales finance contracts. Once a payment history has been established (or
the financing has been repaid), the Company seeks to encourage customers for
whom an appropriate risk profile has been developed to utilize the Company's
real estate-secured products to satisfy their credit needs. Real estate-secured
products generally provide the borrower with lower-cost financing and reduce the
credit risk to the Company. The customer relationships developed at each branch
are also an important part of the collections process.

The Company also seeks to obtain customers in a number of other ways,
including through purchases of retail sales finance contracts from local
merchants and dealers of consumer goods, new branch openings and related
advertising and direct-mail and telephone solicitations in each branch's target
market. Referrals from existing customers are also important sources of new
business.

Each branch services the loans it originates. Subsequent to credit
investigation and loan approval, ongoing servicing includes processing payments,
soliciting additional business and collecting past due accounts.

In an effort to improve productivity, the Company has recently implemented
a number of technological initiatives, such as electronic credit applications,
centralized payment processing and automated loan documentation. These
initiatives are intended to enable each branch to operate more efficiently,
while preserving its access to information so that it can effectively maintain
its

39
<PAGE> 41

relationships with its customers and monitor account performance. Such
technology is also expected to benefit customers by accelerating the credit
decision process.

The Company also operates a central processing operation for national or
regional sales finance programs to provide more efficient service to retailers,
such as electronic application processing and contract preparation, during their
business hours. Subsequent to origination, sales contracts are generally sent to
local branches in proximity to the customer for servicing. The Company believes
that it distinguishes itself in the market by providing retail merchants with
rapid application turnaround, quick funding, marketing assistance and in-store
technological support.

International Branch System. At December 31, 1995, the Company's
international consumer finance branch system consisted of 400 locations. The
Company operates its international consumer finance business principally in
Japan, but also has operations in the United Kingdom, Puerto Rico, Canada and
Mexico. The Company's international branches employ similar operational
disciplines as the domestic branches. Set forth below is a description of the
Company's international consumer finance branch system.

- Japan. The Company operates 294 branches in Japan through its
wholly-owned subsidiary, AIC. AIC provides home equity and personal loans and
purchases retail sales finance contracts from retailers. In addition, AIC
recently introduced credit cards to its portfolio of products. At December 31,
1995, AIC had $3.0 billion of total assets and employed approximately 1,300
individuals. Since 1991, AIC has increased its number of branches by 75%, and
net receivables have grown at a compound annual rate of 28.1%, to $2.1 billion
at December 31, 1995 with approximately 325,000 accounts. At or for the year
ended December 31, 1995, AIC's home equity loans had average original maturities
of 158 months, average account balances of $65,264 and average finance charge
yields of 19.9%. At or for the year ended December 31, 1995, personal loans and
retail sales finance contracts had average original terms of 36 months, average
account balances of $3,580 and average finance charge yields of 34.8%.
Similarly, AIC's operating income has grown from $52.3 million in 1992 to $164.8
million in 1995, a compound annual growth rate of 46.6%. AIC has been operating
in Japan since 1978. At present, AIC operates in every prefecture in Japan. The
Company believes AIC has attractive growth opportunities through opening new
branches and introducing new products in Japan.

- United Kingdom. At December 31, 1995, the Company had 64 branches in the
United Kingdom, approximately 166,200 accounts and $552.6 million of total
assets. The operation offers to consumers home equity and personal loans and
purchases consumer retail sales finance contracts from retailers. In the early
1990s, the size of the Company's operations in the United Kingdom decreased, due
in large part to generally less favorable economic conditions in the United
Kingdom. However, over the last two years the Company's United Kingdom operation
has increased its net receivables by an average of $55.5 million per year.

- Other Consumer International Operations. The Company has 34 branches in
Puerto Rico, which make personal and home equity loans and purchase retail sales
finance contracts from retailers. In 1995, the Company opened two branches in
Mexico, which make personal loans. In Canada, the Company opened six branches in
1995, where the Company purchases retail sales finance contracts from retailers
and makes personal and home equity loans.

40
<PAGE> 42

The following table shows certain information with respect to the Company's
international branches (dollars in millions):

INTERNATIONAL BRANCH SYSTEM

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31
------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991
-------- -------- -------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Japan
Net Receivables
Home equity lending.................. $ 998.5 $ 870.0 $ 665.5 $487.8 $385.6
Personal lending/sales finance....... 1,068.9 849.5 628.7 505.1 438.3
-------- -------- -------- ------ ------
Total........................... $2,067.4 $1,719.5 $1,294.2 $992.9 $823.9
======== ======== ======== ====== ======
Number of Branches...................... 294 249 201 182 168
Other International (principally United
Kingdom)
Net Receivables
Home equity lending.................. $ 113.9 $ 118.2 $ 121.7 $150.7 $223.8
Personal lending/sales finance....... 312.5 300.5 271.2 279.9 377.8
-------- -------- -------- ------ ------
Total........................... $ 426.4 $ 418.7 $ 392.9 $430.6 $601.6
======== ======== ======== ====== ======
Number of Branches...................... 106 77 72 70 69
</TABLE>

Centralized Lending. The Company's centralized home equity lending
operation, conducted through FCFC, extends both closed-end loans and lines of
credit to customers. A majority of the home equity loans at December 31, 1995 in
the Company's centralized home equity lending operation were originated through
financial institutions and mortgage brokers. Mortgage brokers are independent
agents who match their customers with a lender based on the customer's needs and
the credit profile requirements of the lender. The remainder of the home equity
loans in the centralized lending operation at December 31, 1995 were originated
as a result of existing customer relationships, direct mail and telemarketing
efforts or customer referrals. The Company's centralized lending operation
covers most of the United States through three regional service centers and 44
district sales offices located in 41 states. The regional service centers handle
all administrative activities, including underwriting and quality control, as
well as customer service and collections, allowing the sales offices to
concentrate on originating new business and servicing clients.

The table below sets forth certain information with respect to the
Company's centralized lending operation (dollars in millions):

CENTRALIZED LENDING

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31
--------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Receivables
Home equity lending................. $7,028.8 $5,905.6 $5,011.7 $4,525.3 $3,894.1
Personal lending/sales finance...... 20.0 13.4 4.8 5.0 8.1
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Total receivables........... $7,048.8 $5,919.0 $5,016.5 $4,530.3 $3,902.2
======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Number of Accounts.................. 124,967 111,564 102,094 102,470 100,710
</TABLE>

STRATEGIC INITIATIVES. The Company has expanded its core consumer finance
businesses by investing in new offices, providing consumers with more convenient
access to credit, enhancing customer retention and nurturing long-term
relationships, identifying new niche market opportunities and improving
productivity and cost efficiency. Recent Company initiatives include:

41
<PAGE> 43

Branch Expansion. Based on its belief that consumers generally prefer a
local, face-to-face lending source, the Company has aggressively pursued branch
expansion activities in the United States and targeted international markets,
primarily Japan. The Company believes that it has gained considerable experience
in selecting local markets for expansion that provide incremental growth and
profit.

Convenient Sources of Funds for Consumers. Consumers are increasingly
demanding convenience and quality service. The Company has responded by
improving the response time to customer needs and providing convenient access to
funds. Under one new program, currently in testing, the Associates Cash
Transaction card issued by Associates Investment enables approved domestic
branch customers to obtain cash advances through automated teller machines.

Customer Retention. The Company has established innovative marketing
programs designed to increase customer satisfaction and retention. For example,
in 1994 the Company began an incentive program for its home equity loan
customers called "Ford Reward". Under this program, borrowers with current
accounts earn discounts of up to $2,500 on the purchase or lease of Ford,
Lincoln or Mercury automobiles and light trucks. All costs of this program are
borne by the Company and paid directly to dealers of Ford products.

Home Improvement Market. The Company has recently created a centralized
operation to concentrate on sourcing home improvement loans from quality
national and regional home improvement dealers. This centralized group seeks to
establish relationships with qualified dealers of home improvement products,
such as kitchen and bathroom remodeling, heating and air conditioning systems
and windows and siding. Home improvement loan customers are also viewed as a
potential source of customers for the Company's home equity products.

Productivity Improvements. The Company seeks to improve its productivity
and cost efficiency. For example, the Company recently centralized payment
processing and certain collection and recovery functions. Furthermore, a new and
improved credit application processing system is being installed in the
centralized home equity lending operation which is expected to reduce paperwork
and manual processing.

CREDIT CARDS

PRODUCTS. The Company's credit card business consists primarily of issuing
VISA and MasterCard bankcards and private label credit cards to consumers. The
strategy of providing both bankcards and private label credit cards has enabled
the Company to grow in the highly competitive credit card market. Through its
banking subsidiary, ANB, the Company acquires customer accounts and seeks to
increase average balances through direct mail and telemarketing solicitations,
CO-BRANDED marketing programs and acquisitions. At December 31, 1995, the
Company had approximately 6.2 million ACTIVE ACCOUNTS.

VISA and MasterCard bankcards are offered directly to the public and
through co-marketing programs with, among others, Amoco Oil Company ("Amoco"),
GTE Vantage Incorporated and GTE Telephone Operations ("GTE"), Citgo Petroleum
Corporation ("Citgo") and Union Oil Company of California ("Unocal"). The
Company issues its credit cards across a wide risk spectrum with interest rates
based on customer credit profiles. In addition to standard VISA and MasterCard
bankcards, the Company offers a VISA Gold bankcard directed primarily to high
credit balance individuals (the "Gold Card"), a VISA and MasterCard program
oriented primarily to customers with a higher risk profile (the "Finance Card")
and VISA and MasterCard programs directed to college students (the "College
Program"). The Gold Card is designed to attract customers with outstanding
balances on credit cards issued by other companies, who will transfer their
balances to a Company credit card in return for a lower interest rate. The
Finance Card is designed for customers who may not qualify for a credit card
from another issuer because they may be new credit users or have had prior
credit problems. The College Program is oriented towards first time credit card
users who are undergraduate or graduate students.

42
<PAGE> 44

The private label credit card business principally consists of a customized
private label revolving charge program for customers of Amoco, who utilize the
cards to purchase gasoline and other automotive products at Amoco gasoline
stations nationwide. In addition, the Company believes that the Amoco credit
card is currently the only gasoline credit card that has a cash advance feature
that may be used at automated teller machines. The Company seeks to target
retailers for potential expansion of its private label credit card business.

The following table shows certain information regarding the Company's
credit card receivables:

CREDIT CARD

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED OR AT DECEMBER 31
------------------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Receivables (In
Millions)................ $ 4,818.6 $ 3,915.5 $ 3,104.8 $ 2,614.6 $ 2,668.4
Average Account
Balance(1)............... $ 771 $ 694 $ 1,385 $ 1,522 $ 1,566
Number of
Accounts(1).............. 6,246,089 5,638,265 2,241,292 1,717,376 1,703,494
Finance Charge Yield to
Average Amount
Advanced................. 20.62% 19.99% 20.29% 21.71% 22.01%
60 + Days Contractual
Delinquency.............. 3.46% 2.99% 2.71% 2.98% 3.63%
Losses to Average Amount
Advanced................. 4.85% 4.64% 4.67% 6.63% 6.81%
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) In 1994, the Company acquired Amoco's private label gasoline credit card
program, which added 3.2 million accounts. These accounts generally carried
smaller balances than the Company's bankcard accounts, which had the effect
of decreasing the average balance for the Company's credit card receivables
in 1994 and 1995.

The Company earns revenues as the result of finance charges on revolving
accounts, the interchange fees derived from merchant discounts, annual
membership and other account fees and fees earned from the sale of insurance and
other fee-based products. The Company's credit cards typically bear variable
interest rates.

Approximately 75% of the credit granted to new accounts results from direct
solicitation of consumers from pre-approved lists which have been reviewed using
proprietary criteria. Risk management is accomplished using proprietary
behavioral scoring systems and generic credit bureau data. To control delinquent
accounts and reduce losses, the Company has developed a system of delinquency
follow-up incorporating written and telephone communication with delinquent
cardmembers. The Company classifies accounts as delinquent when no payment has
been received by the second billing date. Accounts with a high probability of
charge-off are outplaced to collection agencies while accounts which are deemed
to be more easily collectible remain with the Company.

DELIVERY OF CREDIT CARD SERVICES. From its centralized operations the
Company offers its bankcards through direct mail and telemarketing solicitations
and through co-branded marketing programs with major corporations. Of the
accounts at December 31, 1995, approximately 45% resulted from either direct
mail or telemarketing. Approximately 45% were developed as a result of the
marketing of affinity and co-branding relationships. The Company offers
co-branded VISA and MasterCard bankcards (in certain cases featuring low
introductory interest rates) to the customer bases of major corporations, with
the offer of rebates that the customer can use to purchase the goods and
services of the co-brand companies. The Company's co-branded bankcards involve
marketing programs with GTE, Amoco, Unocal and Citgo, among others.

The Company's credit card business focuses on customer service, operating
efficiency and productivity improvements. The Company offers cardmembers 24-hour
service, 365 days a year.

43
<PAGE> 45

The Company's bankcard operation handles incoming customer service telephone
call volume of approximately 1.4 million calls per month. The Company employs an
automated voice response unit to handle most routine requests. However, customer
service representatives are available for customers who prefer to speak with a
person or to handle non-routine requests. The Company routinely monitors the
performance of customer service representatives against established standards.
Customer surveys are regularly conducted in measuring customer satisfaction and
identifying areas for improvement. Customer service representatives are also
trained to sell the Company's products and services. The private label operation
center employs many of the same functions and operational techniques as the
bankcard center.

Data processing functions for the bankcards have been outsourced to
increase product flexibility and operating efficiencies and reduce systems
development costs. However, the Company continues to utilize its proprietary
technology with respect to key elements of the customer relationship including
card issuance, statement production, credit application processing and payment
processing.

STRATEGIC INITIATIVES. The Company's initiatives in the U.S. are to pursue
additional co-branding marketing opportunities with oil, retail and other
businesses, target retailers for potential expansion of its private label cards
and take advantage of selective acquisition opportunities. The Company also
intends to continue marketing its specialty products including its Gold Card,
Finance Card and College Program.

The Company has recently begun to offer bankcards to its customers in Japan
and the United Kingdom. In Japan, the Company is offering a MasterCard bankcard,
which is directed primarily to existing customers of its consumer branch system.
In the United Kingdom, the Company acquired a retail credit card portfolio in
1994 and converted the portfolio to the VISA brand. The Company is seeking to
expand the portfolio through direct mail as well as offers to other new
customers of the Company.

COMMERCIAL FINANCE

GENERAL

The Company's commercial finance business provides a variety of retail and
wholesale financing and leasing products and services for heavy-duty (Class 8)
and medium-duty (Classes 3 through 7) trucks and truck trailers, construction
and material handling equipment and other industrial equipment. The Company
believes that it is the leading independent source of financing for heavy-duty
trucks, truck trailers and heavy construction equipment in the United States. In
addition, the Company believes that it is the third largest provider of
financing to dealers and purchasers of manufactured housing in the United States
with a $2.0 billion portfolio of manufactured housing receivables (which for
financial reporting purposes are included in the Company's consumer receivables
portfolio). The Company also engages in a number of other commercial activities,
including auto fleet leasing and management, Small Business Administration
lending, relocation services and auto club and roadside assistance services. The
Company also makes available various credit-related and non-credit-related
insurance products to its commercial finance customers, including COMMERCIAL
AUTO AND DEALERS' OPEN LOT PHYSICAL DAMAGE, credit life and motor truck cargo
insurance. See "-- Related Insurance".

The Company believes that its focus on serving these highly specialized
niche markets and its ability to provide premium service through experienced
employees has been a key factor in the growth and profitability of its
commercial finance business.

At December 31, 1995, the Company had approximately 143,000 commercial
finance customers, consisting mainly of businesses acquiring or leasing trucks,
truck trailers and other equipment, as well as dealers of these types of
equipment. The Company's commercial finance business is focused on developing
long-term relationships with manufacturers, distributors and users of income
producing equipment. Relationships with manufacturers include, among others,
Paccar, Inc. (Peterbilt and Kenworth trucks), Freightliner Corporation, Mack
Trucks, Inc., Volvo GM Heavy

44
<PAGE> 46

Truck Corporation, Great Dane Trailers, Inc. and Utility Trailer Manufacturing
Company in truck and truck trailer financing and leasing; Ingersoll-Rand Co.
Inc., Volvo Construction Equipment North America, Inc., Clark Material Handling
Co., Melroe Company, a business unit of Clark Equipment Company and Club Car
Inc. in equipment financing and leasing; and Fleetwood Enterprises, Inc.,
Oakwood Homes Corp. and Redman Industries, Inc. in manufactured housing
financing.

The Company provides truck and truck trailer financing and leasing services
from 39 branch offices in the United States and Canada. The Company provides
equipment financing and leasing services from 19 branch offices in the United
States, Mexico and the United Kingdom and, in the case of material handling and
certain other equipment, utilizes two centralized lending and service
operations. Fee-based services are provided from centralized locations. The
Company provides manufactured housing financing through five regional offices
and 14 sales purchase offices to approximately 68,000 individuals. The Company
markets its insurance products to its commercial finance customers through the
same delivery systems used to market its commercial finance products.

The following table shows net finance receivables outstanding and the
annual growth rates attributable to the various types of commercial financing
products (dollars in millions):

COMMERCIAL NET FINANCE RECEIVABLES OUTSTANDING

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED OR AT DECEMBER 31
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991
-------------------- -------------------- -------------------- -------------------- --------------------
NET ANNUAL NET ANNUAL NET ANNUAL NET ANNUAL NET ANNUAL
RECEIVABLES GROWTH RECEIVABLES GROWTH RECEIVABLES GROWTH RECEIVABLES GROWTH RECEIVABLES GROWTH
----------- ------ ----------- ------ ----------- ------ ----------- ------ ----------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Truck and Truck
Trailer....... $ 7,648.4 14.5% $ 6,681.5 20.6% $ 5,540.0 27.3% $ 4,350.7 8.8% $ 4,000.3 0.9%
Equipment(1).... 3,827.2 28.1 2,987.4 21.2 2,464.5 7.6 2,290.6 6.1 2,157.9 54.8
Other
Commercial(2).. 416.3 23.7 336.5 (2.5) 345.3 6.3 324.7 20.3 269.8 (11.0)
Accruals and
Other......... 235.3 52.5 32.5 (7.7) (31.1)
---------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
Total
Commercial.... $ 12,127.2 20.6% $ 10,057.9 20.0% $ 8,382.3 20.5% $ 6,958.3 8.8% $ 6,396.9 14.8%
========== ========== ========= ========= =========
Manufactured
Housing(3).... $ 2,034.1 21.9% $ 1,669.2 29.4% $ 1,290.2 31.1% $ 983.9 41.1% $ 697.2 34.6%
========== ========== ========= ========= =========
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) 1991 reflects the Company's acquisition of Chase Manhattan Leasing (formerly
Clark Equipment Credit). See "-- Overview".

(2) Includes auto fleet leasing, Small Business Administration lending and
fee-based businesses.

(3) Except as otherwise indicated, the dollar amount of manufactured housing
receivables is included in the dollar amount of total consumer net finance
receivables throughout this Prospectus, because the credit and related risks
of the manufactured housing business are similar to those of the Company's
consumer finance business. Manufactured housing receivables are included
with consumer net finance receivables in determining the percentage of total
net finance receivables which are consumer net finance receivables. However,
manufactured housing operations are discussed in this Prospectus as part of
the Company's commercial activities because the marketing and management of
manufactured housing products are more closely related to commercial finance
products.

At December 31, 1995, the interest rates charged on approximately 16% of
the commercial net finance receivables were variable rates. Commercial finance
receivables are generally not subject to maximum finance charges established by
state law, and where such restrictions apply, at the present time, they do not
materially restrict the interest rates charged. See "-- Additional Information
Regarding the Company -- Regulation". At December 31, 1995, the finance charge
yield on all types of commercial finance receivables averaged approximately 10%
per annum.

Except for lease or rental transactions in which the Company owns the
equipment, liens on the equipment financed secure the receivables. Generally,
the dealer and/or manufacturer provides some form of loss protection to the
Company.

45
<PAGE> 47

TRUCK AND TRUCK TRAILER FINANCING AND LEASING

OVERVIEW. The Company believes that it is the leading provider of financing
to the heavy-duty truck and truck trailer industry in the United States based on
units financed. The Company provides wholesale and retail financing services to
dealers to assist manufacturers in selling their products and also provides
financing to purchasers, including owner operators and fleet operators.

In 1974, the Company decided to target heavy-duty truck and truck trailer
sales financing by establishing a dedicated management, credit, marketing and
distribution effort. The unit has grown by maintaining long-standing formal
relationships with the majority of domestic and foreign truck and truck trailer
manufacturers in the United States and Canada. The Company has also expanded its
presence in the heavy-duty truck and truck trailer markets through acquisitions,
and by focusing on selective niches. For example, in 1991 the Company formed its
environmental division through the acquisition of a business specializing in
liquid and solid waste transportation equipment financing and leasing.

At December 31, 1995, the Company had net truck and truck trailer finance
and lease receivables in excess of $7.6 billion. The Company provides financing
and leasing to more than 1,800 dealers and more than 70,000 trucking firms and
private carriers. The Company's traditional market focuses on owner operators
and small to medium fleets of less than 500 vehicles, but it also has some
larger fleet relationships.

According to industry estimates, there are approximately 323,000 trucking
companies in the United States. The majority of these companies are small, with
approximately 60% of such companies believed to be operating six or fewer
trucks. Domestic sales of heavy-duty trucks depend on the trucking industry's
capital requirements, which are in turn affected by the country's general
economic conditions. In addition, heavy-duty truck sales are sensitive to other
factors such as fuel costs, interest rates, federal excise and highway use taxes
and taxation of the acquisition and use of capital goods. Over the last 20
years, heavy-duty truck sales have ranged from a low of 75,800 units in 1982 to
201,300 units in 1995, the best year for sales of such trucks in the United
States, and there can be no assurance that sales of heavy-duty trucks will
continue at 1995 levels.

The Company believes that it has been relatively successful during economic
downturns. Unlike many competitors, the Company has not withdrawn or retreated
from the truck and truck trailer financing market during economic downturns. The
Company believes that this long-standing commitment, sustained over many years,
has attracted dealers and carriers to the Company as a reliable source of
funding in all economic environments.

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES. The Company provides retail financing and leasing
for purchasers and users of medium-duty through heavy-duty trucks and truck
trailers, as well as wholesale financing, ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FINANCING and
working capital loans to dealers and trucking companies. The Company also
provides financing and leasing for truck and truck trailer purchases by truck
leasing and rental companies.

46
<PAGE> 48

The following table shows certain information regarding the Company's truck
and truck trailer financing and leasing receivables:

TRUCK AND TRUCK TRAILER

Retail Financing. The Company provides retail financing of new and used
medium-duty through heavy-duty trucks and truck trailers primarily on an
indirect basis through truck and truck trailer dealers. The Company has
agreements in place with approximately 40 truck and truck trailer manufacturers
to provide retail financing for their dealership organizations. Under an
installment sales contract, the dealer and purchaser enter into a financing
arrangement for the installment purchase of a truck or truck trailer. Subject to
credit approval by the Company, the dealer assigns the installment contract to
the Company. The Company funds the transaction by a payment to the dealer for
the net amount financed in the contract. The Company also sources retail truck
and truck trailer financing on a direct basis with the truck or truck trailer
purchaser.

Generally, retail financing transactions provide for terms up to 60 months
for trucks and up to 84 months for truck trailers at fixed rates of interest.
The interest rate varies depending on, among other things, the credit quality of
the purchaser, the transaction size, the term and down payment, and whether the
collateral is new or used.

Leasing. The Company also provides fleet leasing for users of medium-duty
through heavy-duty trucks and truck trailers. The Company offers a variety of
truck and truck trailer lease options, but more than 90% of its truck and truck
trailer leases are non-maintenance, net OPEN-END LEASES commonly referred to as
T.R.A.C. (Terminal Rental Adjustment Clause) leases. Under such leases, the
customer is responsible for the maintenance and residual value of the vehicle
and the Company retains the depreciation benefit. Therefore, these leases do not
result in any RESIDUAL RISK to the Company, although the risk of the lessee's
failure to make lease payments still exists. The Company also offers CLOSED-END
LEASES pursuant to which the lessee leases the vehicle for a specified term
subject to certain restrictions, including mileage restrictions. The Company is
the owner of the vehicles under closed-end leases and is fully responsible for
the residual value. Residual values are established at the inception of a lease
and are based on a percentage of the estimated value of the vehicles at the time
the Company expects to dispose of the vehicles. These estimates are derived by
the Company from, among other things, market information on sales of used
vehicles and estimated

47
<PAGE> 49

obsolescence trends. The Company regularly reviews the residual values of leased
vehicles. If the residual values have declined, adjustments are made that may
result in a charge to income.

The Company actively manages its residual risk by working with lessees
during the lease term to encourage lessees to extend their leases, exercise
options to purchase the leased vehicles or upgrade and enhance their leased
vehicles, as appropriate, and by monitoring the various trucking industry
segments for obsolescence trends. The Company uses its asset management
capabilities (including asset remarketing) and technical expertise to help
manage its residual positions. As of December 31, 1995, aggregate truck and
truck trailer residuals for leases in the Company's portfolio approximated $444
million. Of this amount, approximately $26 million were under closed-end leases
under which the Company contractually bears the residual risk.

Wholesale Financing. The Company provides new and used vehicle wholesale
financing to more than 700 truck and truck trailer dealers throughout the United
States and Canada. The Company has agreements in place with approximately 40
truck and truck trailer manufacturers to provide wholesale financing for their
dealer organizations. Generally, wholesale loans are short-term loans with
variable rates (prime based) and are secured by inventory. Subject to, among
other things, the level of retail financing transactions purchased from a dealer
in the preceding quarter, the Company generally assesses a flat charge service
fee for each unit in inventory and generally requires periodic principal
reductions. These reductions are scheduled to compensate for any potential
decline in the value of the collateral.

In addition, the Company makes available working capital loans to truck and
truck trailer dealers that generally are secured by real estate and/or parts
inventory and receivables. Proceeds are used generally for expansion of the
dealer's business or acquisition of other dealerships. The maturities of these
loans generally do not exceed 60 months, and the interest rate charged generally
is fixed for the life of the loan.

The Company also engages in receivables financing and other asset-based
lending to truckload carriers and manufacturers. These products generally are
variable rate loans and are secured by accounts receivable. Both revolving and
term loans are generally variable rate loans.

RISK MANAGEMENT. The Company employs a variety of techniques to manage
credit risk and reduce credit losses in its financing and leasing of trucks and
truck trailers. The Company has developed written policies to govern the credit
and risk management aspects of the Company's business. Individual credit
approval authorities for retail transactions may vary and are delegated based on
the employee's position and experience. Credit approval requests for
transactions beyond the established credit approval limits are submitted through
a tiered credit committee system which the Company believes provides a thorough
risk management control system. Branches do not approve wholesale, accounts
receivable or working capital financing; a senior credit officer of the Company
is responsible for these approvals. Compliance with these policies is monitored
through a series of audits and portfolio reviews conducted by internal audit and
senior risk management personnel. Dealers are reviewed through the branch and/or
centralized credit processes, including financial statement analysis. Such
analysis is done before the beginning of the financing relationship and
periodically throughout the life of the relationship.

Retail Financing and Lease Transactions. The credit review of new business
solicited through the branch distribution system is initiated at the branch
level. A credit review generally includes credit investigation, collateral
evaluation and, if required, a review of the financial statements of the
purchaser or lessee. The Company also uses credit scoring models for certain
smaller transactions. Terms and conditions are based on creditworthiness,
financial condition of the customer and collateral position and are subject to
the terms of any dealer or manufacturer purchasing program, which may provide
certain loss protection. Transactions exceeding branch credit limit
authorizations require additional levels of management approval.

48
<PAGE> 50

Wholesale Transactions. The Company periodically reviews its wholesale and
working capital loans to ensure that each dealer remains viable and is capable
of meeting its retail and direct obligations to the Company. Reviews are
conducted centrally, with branches providing periodic inspections of collateral
as well as credit, financial and other relevant material. Periodic inspections
of collateral are important in part because liens on collateral for wholesale
financing may not be effective against third party purchasers of such
collateral. Corporate risk management personnel approve and review all
wholesale, accounts receivable and working capital financing limits.

Branch Collection Activities. The Company's collection process is handled
at the branch level which provides local collection personnel with the
knowledge, understanding and ability to respond to diverse and fluctuating local
market conditions. In those cases where collection contact is necessary, account
history is reviewed prior to contact. On-line data technology is utilized to
facilitate timely follow-up during all stages of delinquency. In the event
repossession is necessary, the Company believes its local presence in every
major market is a distinct advantage in the repossession process because of its
ability to locate, recover and return collateral. The Company believes that this
capability is attractive to manufacturers and dealers who provide some form of
loss protection to the Company.

DELIVERY OF TRUCK AND TRUCK TRAILER FINANCING AND LEASING. The Company
distributes its finance and lease products and services for trucks and truck
trailers though a network of 39 branch offices throughout the United States (35
offices) and Canada (4 offices). The Company believes that its local presence
gives it an advantage over many of its competitors, which generally operate
regionally or centrally. At the same time, the Company believes that the
geographic and industry dispersion of its receivables reduces its exposure to
downturns in any particular region or industry (such as logging in the Pacific
Northwest and mining in the Southeast).

The Company believes that the experience of its branch personnel is an
important competitive advantage. Branch managers average 24 years of experience
with the Company and sales representatives average 17 years of experience with
the Company. Through the Company's emphasis on education, training, development
and advancement programs, branch personnel have the opportunity to develop
expertise in the technical aspects of the truck and truck trailer industry.

Sales representatives call on dealers for the purpose of establishing and
maintaining relationships, promoting the Company as a source of wholesale and
retail financing and leasing and assisting in the underwriting and processing of
individual finance transactions. Sales representatives also call on purchasers
directly.

STRATEGIC INITIATIVES. The Company seeks to increase its penetration in the
truck and truck trailer financing and leasing markets by continuing to invest in
its delivery system, technology, personnel and marketing programs. While the
number of branch offices has remained relatively constant, the Company has added
sales personnel in markets that provide additional opportunities for growth.
Several new initiatives reflect the Company's continued commitment to enhancing
its position in the truck and truck trailer market.

Customer Service. The Company seeks to differentiate itself from its
competitors by providing premium service to manufacturers, dealers, distributors
and users of truck and truck trailer financing products. Elements of this
premium service include, among other things, timely response to customer needs,
employing marketing professionals with in-depth product and industry knowledge
and emphasizing long-standing personal relationships.

Dealer-based Services. The Company continues to develop both internal and
dealer-based technology to improve services to its dealer customer base by
automating dealer financing tasks, including preparing finance, lease and
insurance premium quotations and electronic document preparation.

International Expansion. The Company is seeking continued growth from
international expansion. A 1993 acquisition expanded the Company's Canadian
business. In addition, a branch in

49
<PAGE> 51

Mexico was opened in 1995, and the Company also expanded its presence in the
United Kingdom during 1995. The Company believes that its long-standing
relationships with domestic and foreign manufacturers will benefit the Company
in global markets.

Medium-duty Trucks. In 1995, the Company expanded its presence in the
medium-duty truck market. While the Company believes that the medium-duty market
approximates the size of the heavy-duty market, the Company's market share in
the medium-duty truck segment has lagged behind its heavy-duty truck market
share. The Company recently employed a dedicated sales force and centralized
marketing function in its effort to improve its market share in selected U.S.
medium-duty truck markets. The Company has centralized and automated the credit
application process for medium-duty truck financing and leasing while relying on
the Company's branch system for local collections and account servicing.

Truck Trailer Rental. In 1995, the Company entered the short-term truck
trailer rental business. Marketing efforts target existing private fleet and
truckload carriers. The Company believes that the increasing use by
manufacturers of "just-in-time" inventory management will result in fleet owners
having periodic peaks in demand for truck trailers and that truck trailer
rentals will become an integral part of fleet management programs.

EQUIPMENT FINANCING AND LEASING

OVERVIEW. The Company is a leading independent source of financing and
leasing of new and used construction, mining, forestry, industrial, machine
tool, material handling, communications and turf maintenance equipment and golf
cars in the United States and Canada. The Company offers wholesale and rental
fleet financing to dealers (who may either sell or rent the equipment to end-
users) and retail financing and leasing to end-users of equipment in niche
markets.

The Company originally modeled its equipment finance business after the
early success of the Company's truck and truck trailer finance business by
establishing dedicated branches throughout the United States. The Company seeks
to develop and maintain relationships with manufacturers and their distributors
and dealers. Such relationships may take the form of CAPTIVE FINANCE PROGRAMS,
factory endorsed programs or other forms of lender programs. In the mid-1980's,
the Company responded to changing market demands in which equipment users
demanded greater access to rental equipment by offering wholesale financing
plans to support manufacturers who neither had the capital nor the financial
infrastructure to provide such financing to their dealers. During the early
1990's, the Company expanded its activities through strategic acquisitions of
certain finance companies and the acquisition of finance and lease portfolios.
The Company combined these operations in 1995 to form a centralized operation,
complementing its branch system, to provide specialized financing products to
specific niche markets, primarily through operating agreements with
manufacturers. The Company's distribution systems, specialized sales
representatives and growing list of manufacturer relationships provide the
Company with a diversified base of industries that the Company believes reduces
the risk to the Company from specific industry and regional economic cycles.

The Company seeks to provide financing products and services to support the
entire distribution chain (manufacturers, dealers, and purchasers) in specific,
identifiable niche markets. The Company searches for new niche opportunities
which offer strong growth and profit potential.

50
<PAGE> 52

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES. The Company provides specialized retail financing
and leasing products as well as wholesale financing to dealers and users in a
variety of industries.

The following table shows certain information regarding the Company's
equipment financing and leasing receivables:

EQUIPMENT

Retail Financing. The Company provides retail financing for the purchase of
new and used equipment through installment sales contracts purchased from
dealers and distributors, and through direct loans to purchasers. Generally,
retail financing transactions for equipment provide for maturities of up to 60
months at fixed rates of interest. The interest rate varies depending on, among
other things, the credit quality of the purchaser, transaction size, term, down
payment and whether the collateral is new or used.

Leasing. The Company also provides leasing for end-users of equipment,
either directly to the customer or through dealers. As part of residual risk
management, FINANCE LEASES typically include an option for the lessee to acquire
the equipment at a set time before the termination of the lease for a specified
price (designed to offer the lessee an incentive to purchase) and typically
include an option for the lessee to acquire the equipment at the end of the
lease term for the fair market value. Certain residual values are guaranteed by
the selling dealer or manufacturer. Residual values are established at the
inception of a lease and are based on a percentage of the estimated value of the
equipment at the time the Company expects to dispose of the equipment. These
estimates are derived by the Company from, among other things, market
information on sales of used equipment and estimated obsolescence trends. The
Company regularly reviews the residual values of leased equipment and records a
charge to income in the event of declined residual values.

The Company actively manages its residual risk by working with lessees
during the lease term to encourage lessees to extend their leases, exercise
options to purchase the leased equipment or upgrade and enhance their leased
equipment, as appropriate, and by monitoring the various equipment industry
segments for obsolescence trends. The Company uses its asset management
capabilities (including asset remarketing) and technical expertise to help
manage its residual positions. As of December 31, 1995, the Company's aggregate
equipment residuals approximated $178 million, of which approximately $61
million were unguaranteed residuals under closed-end leases.

51
<PAGE> 53

Wholesale Financing. The Company provides wholesale and rental fleet
financing for selected dealers. Generally, wholesale loans are short-term loans
with variable rates (prime rate based) and are secured by inventory. In some
instances, equipment manufacturers provide interest rate subsidies and other
credit support arrangements to induce the Company to finance their dealers.

The Company also provides capital financing to dealers primarily for
start-up, expansion or buy-out of existing dealers. These loans are usually
guaranteed by a manufacturer and are secured by some or all of the assets of the
dealership.

RISK MANAGEMENT. The Company employs a variety of techniques to manage
credit risk and minimize credit losses. The Company's equipment finance business
employs risk management techniques similar to those employed by the Company's
truck and truck trailer finance business. See "-- Truck and Truck Trailer
Financing and Leasing -- Risk Management".

DELIVERY OF EQUIPMENT FINANCING AND LEASING. The Company delivers equipment
financing and leasing products and services through 19 full-service branch
offices in the United States, Mexico and the United Kingdom, as well as through
two centralized operations.

Equipment Branches. Through relationships developed with distributors and
purchasers, branch offices provide financing for higher-priced industrial
equipment (such as heavy construction and mining equipment and machine tools).
In addition, branch offices support manufacturer marketing efforts by promoting
specific retail finance plans and providing quick credit responses. Because of
their experience in the industry, branch office personnel conduct all aspects of
the operations including sales activities, credit reviews, collections and
customer and account servicing.

Centralized Equipment Operations. The Company's centralized vendor support
operations for equipment financing and leasing provide specialized financing
products to specific niche markets, such as material handling and light
construction equipment, golf cars and turf maintenance equipment. These products
are provided primarily on the basis of operating agreements with manufacturers
in a quasi-captive market environment. The centralized operation allows the
Company to take advantage of operating efficiencies in light of the size of the
individual transactions it handles (generally less than $50,000) and the
Company's close relationship with manufacturers. In addition, the Company has a
separate centralized operation devoted to providing financing and supporting
vendor programs in the communications equipment industry.

STRATEGIC INITIATIVES. The Company seeks to increase its penetration in the
equipment financing and leasing markets by continuing to invest in its delivery
systems, technology, personnel and marketing programs.

Customer Service. The Company seeks to differentiate itself from its
competitors by providing premium service to manufacturers, dealers, distributors
and users of equipment financing and leasing products. Elements of this premium
service include, among other things, timely response to customer needs,
employing marketing professionals with in-depth product and industry knowledge
and emphasizing long-standing personal relationships.

Dealer-based Services. The Company continues to develop both internal and
dealer-based technology to improve services to the dealer customer base by
automating dealer financing tasks, including preparing finance, lease and
insurance premium quotations and electronic document preparation.

Machine Tool Financing. In late 1995, the Company acquired a machine tool
financing company in order to increase its financing activity for the machine
tool market. Financing in this market is very fragmented. The Company intends to
use the same approach to this market as it does in other equipment financing
markets, by targeting manufacturers, establishing and expanding relationships
with dealers and providing retail, wholesale and lease programs with the user in
mind.

International Expansion. The Company's business in Canada and the United
Kingdom is marketed on both an indirect (dealer sourced) and direct (purchaser
sourced) basis. The Company

52
<PAGE> 54

believes its long-standing relationships in the United States with manufacturers
will benefit its presence in Canada and the United Kingdom. In addition, the
Company believes the Mexican market provides the Company with growth
opportunities.

MANUFACTURED HOUSING

OVERVIEW. The Company believes it is the third largest provider of
financing to the manufactured housing industry in the United States, providing
financing both to dealers and purchasers of manufactured housing. The Company's
manufactured housing finance business, conducted through FCFC, purchases
manufactured housing retail installment contracts originated by retail dealers
in financing the sale of manufactured housing, originates and services direct
loans to purchasers, and provides wholesale financing to approved manufactured
housing dealers. The Company also offers commercial business loans to selected
dealers to provide capital to build new retail sales centers, update existing
facilities or expand into community park sales.

According to the U.S. Department of Commerce, manufactured housing
shipments represented 20.2% of new single-family housing starts and 31.2% of new
single-family homes sold in 1994. The Company maintains agreements with leading
manufacturers of manufactured housing, and the Company originates a significant
portion of its retail manufactured housing financing receivables through one
such relationship. By working through the manufactured housing distribution
channel, the Company has developed relationships with the key dealers in the
industry which have helped the Company's manufactured housing net receivables to
increase from $697.2 million in 1991 to $2.0 billion in 1995. The Company
considers its manufactured housing activities to be a commercial business
principally because the predominant portion of its financing receivables is
obtained from its relationships with manufacturers and dealers, notwithstanding
that the credit and related risks typically are that of the consumer purchaser
of the housing.

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES. The Company offers a variety of financing products
and services to dealers and individual retail purchasers of both new and
pre-owned manufactured homes.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company's
manufactured housing receivables:

MANUFACTURED HOUSING

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED OR AT DECEMBER 31
------------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Receivables (In Millions)
Retail.......................... $1,601.6 $1,329.2 $1,042.5 $ 812.4 $ 597.8
Wholesale....................... 432.5 340.0 247.7 171.5 99.4
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Total...................... $2,034.1 $1,669.2 $1,290.2 $ 983.9 $ 697.2
======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Retail Receivables
Average account balance....... $ 23,990 $ 22,134 $ 20,306 $ 19,045 $ 17,732
Number of accounts............ 66,762 60,052 51,339 42,656 33,713
Finance charge yield to
average amount advanced.... 11.47% 11.94% 12.44% 12.99% 12.96%
Original term (In Months)..... 210 200 194 187 181
60 + days contractual
delinquency................ 0.85% 0.64% 0.67% 0.81% 1.18%
Losses to average amount
advanced................... 1.05% 0.81% 0.83% 0.93% 1.11%
Wholesale Receivables
Average balance per dealer.... $443,135 $354,906 $312,753 $283,471 $261,579
Number of active dealers...... 976 958 792 605 380
</TABLE>

53
<PAGE> 55

Retail Financing. Retail finance products provided by the Company include
(i) the purchase of a retail installment contract or a direct loan for the
purchase of a manufactured home only, (ii) a retail installment contract or loan
on a manufactured home and added amenities such as furnishings, air
conditioning, skirting, appliances and patios and (iii) loans covering both a
manufactured home and the related real estate. Additionally, the Company
purchases retail loans from captive finance companies of manufacturers which
normally carry some form of loss protection. Retail financing products are
generally secured by a lien on the home and have varying maturities, down
payments and interest rates. Original loan terms range up to 25 years. Rates
offered include fixed, variable and graduated rate programs.

Wholesale Financing. The Company provides revolving lines of credit to in
excess of 900 approved manufactured housing retailers in connection with their
inventory purchases of manufactured homes from approximately 90 pre-approved
manufacturers. Generally, wholesale loans are short-term loans with variable
rates (prime rate based) and are secured by inventory. Agreements with
manufacturers provide for repurchase of inventory in the event of retailer
default. Manufacturers may also subsidize the cost of the wholesale financing,
thereby allowing the Company to offer reduced rate financing and extensions on
the initiation of principal payments by retailers.

In addition, in order to stimulate incremental retail and wholesale finance
volume, the Company offers programs and products to key retailers, such as
financing for construction or upgrade of model home centers or development
financing for manufactured home communities. The Company has developed products
and services for manufacturers and retailers of manufactured homes in order to
strengthen strategic alliances and private label finance programs.

RISK MANAGEMENT. Risk management in the Company's manufactured housing
lending operations combines elements of risk management in both the consumer and
commercial segments. As manufactured housing loans are marketed as a commercial
finance product, the Company generally obtains applications for retail
installment sales contracts from approved retailers, and generally performs an
initial credit scoring analysis to determine how the application should be
processed. Applications which are not denied continue to the next stage where
the Company generally conducts a full credit background review consistent with
the consumer finance nature of the individual credit risk, verifying employment,
income and credit references, rental or mortgage experience and credit sources.
As with consumer finance lending, credit decisions are based on established
underwriting guidelines, and an appropriate credit grade is assigned to each
application approved.

Credit underwriting is performed individually on each application submitted
on individual purchaser transactions. Dealers are reviewed periodically to
determine performance and financial status under all terms and conditions of
agreements. Dealer principals generally provide personal guarantees and agree to
repurchase or indemnify the Company from loss for any contracts where fraudulent
conditions are discovered.

DELIVERY OF MANUFACTURED HOUSING FINANCING. The Company distributes
manufactured housing financing through a network of five regional and 14 sales
purchase offices located throughout the United States. The Company's sales
purchase offices establish and maintain relationships with retailers and also
process, review and fund retail credit applications generated from direct or
indirect sources. The Company's regional offices are responsible for approving
and reviewing retailers as well as performing collections and servicing
activities for the retail portfolio. Additionally, the Company has established a
centralized processing center to consolidate certain aspects of its operations.
The Company believes that this distribution system allows the Company to
maintain close relationships with dealers and individual customers while
realizing efficiencies through centralizing certain functions.

54
<PAGE> 56

STRATEGIC INITIATIVES. The Company supplements its retail and wholesale
financing products by providing commercial business loans and dealer training
programs and seminars for dealers. Additional initiatives are designed to
further strengthen the Company's competitive advantage while also tapping into
new market niches:

Customer Service. The Company seeks to differentiate itself from its
competitors by providing premium service to manufacturers, dealers and
purchasers of manufactured housing. Elements of this premium service include,
among other things, timely response to customer needs, employing marketing
professionals with in-depth product and industry knowledge and emphasizing long-
standing personal relationships.

Expanded Distribution Network. The Company seeks additional distribution
networks such as manufactured home community operators and community banks. The
Company believes that these new business sources will enhance the Company's
penetration of the pre-owned manufactured housing market.

OTHER COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES

AUTO FLEET LEASING AND MANAGEMENT. The Company provides leasing and
management services for corporations and municipalities that generally have auto
and light truck fleets of 100 or more vehicles. Fleet leasing service activities
are centralized with nine regional sales offices from which the Company
emphasizes customer service.

The Company's auto fleet management operations provide vehicle leasing and,
for a fee, vehicle management services that primarily include the administration
of vehicle purchase, maintenance and disposal. Auto fleet revenue consists of
leasing revenue and fees for providing various management services. Upon
assuming management of a fleet, the Company seeks to replace vehicles with those
leased by the Company. Typical leases are open-ended, in which the customer is
responsible for the residual value at the end of the lease. Less than 5% of the
Company's leases are closed-end, under which the Company accepts residual risk
at the end of the lease. Leases are usually 36 to 60 months in duration, but the
customer has a contractual right to end the lease any time after 12 months. The
Company had approximately $340 million in auto fleet management related assets
at December 31, 1995.

SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION LENDING. The Company recently entered the
small business administration loan market under which it extends credit that is
partially guaranteed by the federal government. Financing is provided to small
business customers on a nationwide basis. Operating through two regional offices
at December 31, 1995, the Company had approximately $41 million in net
guaranteed receivables and servicing rights for approximately $83 million of net
receivables.

RELOCATION SERVICES. The Company provides corporations and certain agencies
of the federal government with assistance in employee relocation, origination of
mortgages and management and disposal of residential real estate. The Company
believes that it is a significant provider of relocation services to certain
agencies of the federal government. Ford is presently the Company's largest
corporate client for relocation services.

The Company markets relocation services by competitive pricing, superior
customer service and comprehensive capabilities through two centralized service
centers. Revenue consists primarily of fees from consulting services which
include the marketing, management, acquisition and resale of residential real
estate, the transportation and storage of personal property, and tracking and
reporting of related expenses for clients. While the Company generally bears no
resale risk on real estate marketed in connection with corporate relocations,
the Company does bear the resale risk on homes marketed in connection with
relocations of federal government employees. On December 31, 1995, the Company
held an ownership position in 835 properties for a total investment of $125
million.

55
<PAGE> 57

AUTO CLUB AND ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE. The Company offers various emergency
roadside assistance and related auto club services to consumers through major
corporations, primarily automobile manufacturers, including Ford (the largest
client of the Company's auto club). Services offered include emergency road
service, custom trip routing, discounts on lodging and car rentals and ambulance
service reimbursement.

Based on industry data, the Company believes it operates the second largest
auto club in the United States, with approximately 9.2 million members at
December 31, 1995. The auto club has been increasing its customer base by
approximately 300,000 members per month, substantially all of which is due to
Ford's roadside assistance program operated by the Company. The portion of
non-Ford vehicle-related customer base has decreased in each of the last five
years, primarily as a result of other automakers including roadside assistance
benefits as a standard option on all new vehicles as a sales enhancement.

INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS

The Company has operations in Japan, the United Kingdom, Canada, Puerto
Rico and Mexico. The foreign operations of the Company consist principally of
its consumer operation in Japan (more than 70% of total foreign operations based
on assets at December 31, 1995). Total net receivables in Japan have grown from
$1.0 billion in 1992 to $2.1 billion in 1995, representing a compound annual
growth rate of 28.1%. Similarly, operating income from the Company's operation
in Japan has grown from $52.3 million in 1992 to $164.8 million in 1995, a
compound annual growth rate of 46.6%. Likewise, the number of branch offices in
Japan has risen from 182 to 294 during this period. The Company believes that
its operation in Japan represents a significant growth opportunity, a platform
for possible expansion in the Pacific Rim and a model for other international
expansion.

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the
Company's international operations (dollars in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED OR AT DECEMBER 31
--------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Net Receivables......... $3,093.0 $2,509.7 $1,930.0 $1,537.4 $1,523.9
Total Assets.................. 4,102.8 3,649.7 2,971.5 2,551.9 2,703.5
Operating Income (Loss)....... 197.8 133.9 72.5 58.3 (3.2)
Number of Branches............ 404 329 278 256 240
</TABLE>

The Company's international operations have represented an increasingly
important source of new business for the Company. Total net finance receivables
have grown from $1.5 billion in 1992 to $3.1 billion in 1995, representing a
compound annual growth rate of 26.2%. Likewise, total operating income has risen
from $58.3 million in 1992 to $197.8 million in 1995, a compound annual growth
rate of 50.3%. An increase of 148 branches over this period has provided the
foundation for this growth. For further financial information relating to the
Company's foreign operations, see Note 17 to the Company's supplemental combined
financial statements.

RELATED INSURANCE

The Company, through certain subsidiaries, makes available various credit
and non-credit insurance products to its finance customers. Insurance products
offered to the Company's consumer finance customers include credit life, credit
accident and health, accidental death and dismemberment, involuntary
unemployment and personal property insurance. Insurance products offered to the
Company's commercial finance customers include commercial auto and dealers' open
lot physical damage, credit life and motor truck cargo insurance. In addition to
INSURANCE UNDERWRITING, the Company also receives compensation for certain
insurance programs underwritten by other companies. The Company does not
underwrite liability insurance. The Company markets its

56
<PAGE> 58

insurance products to its consumer and commercial finance customers through the
same delivery systems used to market its consumer and commercial finance
products, respectively.

The purchase of insurance by a finance customer is optional with the
exception of physical damage insurance on loan collateral which is required. The
customer can purchase such insurance either from the Company or an alternative
carrier. Premiums for insurance coverage are generally financed as part of the
insured's finance obligation. In addition to leveraging the Company's
distribution systems, the Company seeks to leverage its existing insurance
customer base by marketing to its customers non-credit insurance products.

The Company continues to market new insurance products to complement its
core lines of business. In November 1995, the Company began marketing inventory
insurance for dealers of manufactured housing.

STATISTICAL INFORMATION. The following table sets forth certain information
relating to the Company's insurance operations (in millions):

INSURANCE STATISTICAL DATA(1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
--------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Written Premium
Credit life, accident and other
related............................... $240.6 $242.4 $195.1 $148.3 $112.3
Physical damage.......................... 180.3 168.7 138.9 107.7 85.0
Other casualty........................... 69.6 54.5 35.7 36.1 32.7
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Total................................. $490.5 $465.6 $369.7 $292.1 $230.0
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
Premium Revenue(2)
Credit life, accident and other
related............................... $164.8 $148.1 $123.6 $107.4 $ 99.7
Physical damage.......................... 148.5 136.7 116.9 107.0 98.6
Other casualty........................... 57.3 44.2 30.4 35.7 38.0
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
$370.6 $329.0 $270.9 $250.1 $236.3
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
Investment Income.......................... $ 68.5 $ 47.3 $ 41.4 $ 47.5 $ 61.7
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
Benefits Paid or Provided.................. $142.5 $147.9 $118.9 $103.7 $ 99.9
====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) This table does not reflect any direct or indirect expenses that may be
associated with the Company's insurance operations. The Company markets its
insurance products through its consumer and commercial distribution systems
and, accordingly, does not allocate overhead and related expenses to its
insurance operations.
(2) Includes compensation for insurance proceeds underwritten by other
companies.

INSURANCE RISK. The Company seeks to manage its insurance underwriting risk
through (i) strict underwriting guidelines applied either on an individual
policy or group basis, (ii) the REINSURANCE of certain risks with non-affiliated
reinsurers and (iii) the maintenance of reserves which are reviewed annually. In
addition, the Company's geographically and demographically diverse lending and
insurance customer base reduces concentrations of risk.

Underwriting Guidelines. Where permitted, the Company generally utilizes
health questionnaires to evaluate risks for prospective insureds under life and
health products. For certain casualty products, the Company evaluates risks
based on historical data and characteristics of the prospective insured
including equipment, usage/driving patterns and, for motor truck cargo
insurance, the goods being transported.

Reinsurance. The Company seeks to limit its loss exposures by securing
catastrophe and per risk EXCESS OF LOSS COVERAGES in the reinsurance
marketplace. These coverages are placed through brokers. The underlying
reinsurers are reviewed and approved by the Company with no first level

57
<PAGE> 59

coverage provider rated less than "A" by A.M. Best Company. Within the last five
years, no catastrophe coverage claim has been filed.

Reserves. Reserves are established based on historical and actuarially
reviewed data to account for the estimated ultimate costs of claims and claim
adjustment expenses. Reserves are reviewed annually by an independent actuary.
Claims include those that have been reported but not yet settled, reopened
claims, and claims which have been incurred but not reported.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING THE COMPANY

LOAN LOSS RESERVES AND CREDIT LOSSES. The Company maintains an allowance
for losses on finance receivables at an amount which it believes is sufficient
to provide adequate protection against anticipated losses in the portfolios. The
allowance is determined principally on the basis of historical loss experience,
and reflects management's judgment of additional loss potential considering
future economic conditions and the nature and characteristics of the underlying
finance receivables. Additions to the allowance are charged to the provision for
losses on finance receivables.

Finance receivables are charged to the allowance for losses when they are
deemed to be uncollectible. Additionally, Company policy generally provides for
CHARGE-OFF of various types of accounts on a contractual basis. Consumer direct
and other installment and credit card receivables are charged to the allowance
for losses when they become 180 days delinquent. All other finance receivables
are charged to the allowance for losses when any of the following conditions
occur: (i) the related security has been converted or destroyed; (ii) the
related security has been repossessed and sold or held for sale for one year; or
(iii) the related security has not been repossessed and the receivable has
become one year delinquent. A delinquent account is one on which the customer
has not made payments as contractually agreed. Recoveries on losses previously
charged to the allowance are credited to the allowance at the time recovery is
collected.

Although the allowance for losses in finance receivables reflected in the
Company's supplemental combined balance sheet at December 31, 1995 is considered
adequate by the Company's management, there can be no assurance that this
allowance will prove to be adequate over time to cover ultimate losses in
connection with the Company's finance receivables. This allowance may prove to
be inadequate due to unanticipated adverse changes in the economy or discrete
events adversely affecting specific customers or industries. The Company's
results of operations, financial condition and the market value of the Common
Stock could be materially adversely affected to the extent that the Company's
allowance is insufficient to cover such changes or events.

The Company employs a variety of credit analysis techniques appropriately
tailored to each of its lines of business. Additionally, the Company has
developed and regularly updates proprietary credit scoring systems designed to
improve its risk-based pricing. The Company uses credit scoring in most, but not
all, extensions of consumer credit. In addition, the Company aggressively
employs VINTAGE ANALYSIS and customer service and collection procedures for
early detection and resolution of potential credit problems.

58
<PAGE> 60

The following table sets forth information as of the dates shown concerning
net finance receivables, 60 + days contractual delinquency and losses to average
amount advanced. This information should be read in conjunction with the
discussion of the Company's financial condition under the caption "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Financial Condition" (dollars in millions).

ANALYSIS OF NET FINANCE RECEIVABLES, 60 + DAYS CONTRACTUAL DELINQUENCY AND
LOSSES TO AVERAGE AMOUNT ADVANCED

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED OR AT DECEMBER 31
-----------------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Finance Receivables
Home equity lending............................. $14,386.2 $12,349.9 $10,619.7 $ 9,630.1 $ 8,249.1
Personal lending/retail sales finance........... 6,117.6 5,304.2 4,354.2 3,640.2 3,224.2
Credit card..................................... 4,818.6 3,915.5 3,104.8 2,614.6 2,668.4
Truck and truck trailer......................... 7,648.4 6,681.5 5,540.0 4,350.7 4,000.3
Equipment....................................... 3,827.2 2,987.4 2,464.5 2,290.6 2,157.9
Manufactured housing............................ 2,034.1 1,669.2 1,290.2 983.9 697.2
Other commercial................................ 416.3 336.5 345.3 324.7 269.8
Premium and accruals............................ 454.1 441.5 576.0 536.2 405.9
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total net finance receivables................... $39,702.5 $33,685.7 $28,294.7 $24,371.0 $21,672.8
========= ========= ========= ========= =========
60 + Days Contractual Delinquency
Home equity lending............................. 1.88% 1.45% 1.52% 2.00% 2.63%
Personal lending/retail sales finance........... 2.63 2.41 2.50 3.15 3.68
Credit card..................................... 3.46 2.99 2.71 2.98 3.63
Truck and truck trailer......................... 0.82 0.32 0.68 1.02 2.22
Equipment....................................... 0.62 0.34 0.41 0.69 1.38
Manufactured housing............................ 0.85 0.64 0.67 0.81 1.18
Losses to Average Amount Advanced
Home equity lending............................. 1.08 1.05 1.16 1.26 1.21
Personal lending/retail sales finance........... 4.33 3.71 3.23 4.05 4.48
Credit card..................................... 4.85 4.64 4.67 6.63 6.81
Truck and truck trailer......................... 0.16 0.06 0.26 0.52 0.66
Equipment....................................... 0.22 0.11 0.26 0.51 0.60
Manufactured housing............................ 1.05 0.81 0.83 0.93 1.11
</TABLE>

RECEIVABLES CONCENTRATION. The Company's ten largest accounts at December
31, 1995 (all of which were current at December 31, 1995) represented 0.7% of
the Company's total gross finance receivables outstanding. All ten of such
accounts are commercial finance accounts and are secured.

59
<PAGE> 61

The following table shows the concentration of the Company's net finance
receivables in the ten states and foreign jurisdictions with the highest
concentrations (dollars in millions):

NET FINANCE RECEIVABLES
TEN LARGEST STATES OR FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1995
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PERCENT OF PERCENT OF PERCENT OF
TOTAL NET CONSUMER COMMERCIAL
TOTAL FINANCE CONSUMER NET FINANCE COMMERCIAL NET FINANCE
AMOUNT RECEIVABLES AMOUNT RECEIVABLES AMOUNT RECEIVABLES
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- ---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
California..... $ 4,348.6 11.0% $ 3,138.6 11.4% $1,210.0 10.0%
Florida........ 2,394.8 6.0 1,876.2 6.8 518.6 4.3
Texas.......... 2,281.7 5.7 1,279.8 4.6 1,001.9 8.2
Japan.......... 2,125.7 5.4 2,125.7 7.7 -- --
Georgia........ 1,640.9 4.1 1,215.2 4.4 425.7 3.5
Pennsylvania... 1,585.0 4.0 1,006.5 3.6 578.5 4.8
North
Carolina..... 1,581.2 4.0 1,242.5 4.5 338.7 2.8
New York....... 1,576.9 4.0 1,118.3 4.1 458.6 3.8
Illinois....... 1,532.6 3.9 929.4 3.4 603.2 5.0
Ohio........... 1,523.5 3.8 1,043.7 3.8 479.8 3.9
--------- ----- --------- ----- -------- -----
Total........ $20,590.9 51.9% $14,975.9 54.3% $5,615.0 46.3%
========= ===== ========= ===== ======== =====
</TABLE>

COMPETITION. The markets in which the Company operates are highly
competitive. Many of the competitors of the Company in different segments and
regions are large companies that have substantial capital, technological and
marketing resources, and some of these competitors are larger than the Company
and may have access to capital at a lower cost than the Company. The Company
believes that the finance charge rate is one of the primary competitive factors
in many of its markets. From time to time, competitors of the Company may seek
to compete aggressively on the basis of pricing, and the Company may lose market
share to the extent it is not willing to match competitor pricing, in order to
maintain interest margins.

Consumer Finance. Traditional competitors in the consumer finance business
include captive and independent finance companies, commercial banks and thrift
institutions, credit unions, industrial banks, credit card issuers, leasing
companies, manufacturers and vendors. On a local level, community banks and
smaller independent finance and/or mortgage companies are a competitive force.
Additionally, substantial national financial services networks have been formed
by major brokerage firms, insurance companies and bank holding companies. Some
competitors have substantial local market positions; others are part of large,
diversified organizations. Because of their longstanding insured deposit base,
many banks that compete with the Company are able to offer financial services on
very competitive terms.

Competition varies across products offered. While there is considerable
competition in the home equity loan market, the market is fragmented with no
single competitor claiming more than a 10% market share. The Company, as a
portfolio lender, maintains considerable product and delivery flexibility, which
the Company believes is a competitive advantage.

Competition in the credit card industry has been intense over the last
several years. Large money-center banks have been seeking to expand their
profitable credit card units through aggressive pricing and marketing. In
addition, many non-bank competitors specialize in certain growth strategies,
such as partnership and database marketing. The Company addresses these
competitive pressures by focusing on targeted segments of the consumer market,
co-branding relationships and its private label credit card programs.

Competition also differs between the operating divisions of the Company.
For example, competitors of the Company's branch system are distinct from the
competitors of the Company's

60
<PAGE> 62

centralized lending operation. In addition, competition varies a great deal
across geographic regions.

Commercial Finance. In its commercial finance business, the Company
competes with captive and independent finance companies, commercial banks,
thrift and other financial institutions, leasing companies, lease brokers,
manufacturers, vendors and others who extend or arrange credit for the
acquisition of truck and truck trailers and equipment.

The Company believes, based on its experience in the industry, that the
primary competitive factors in the commercial finance and leasing business are
price, product quality, risk management, new account marketing and retention of
customers through emphasis on superior customer service. In addition, the
Company believes that innovation is necessary to compete in the industry,
including enhanced customer service, specialization in certain types of
equipment, exploitation of alternative channels of distribution and, in certain
lines of business, optimization of tax treatment between owner and user.
Purchasers of equipment financed by the Company generally seek transactions that
are simple, flexible and customer responsive.

Insurance. Competitors in the insurance business include national, regional
and local insurance companies, as well as self-insurance programs and captive
insurers. Competition in the insurance business is based upon price, product
design and service levels rendered to producers and policyholders. The insurance
business is extremely competitive, in both price and services, and no single
insurer is dominant. The Company believes that its ability to market its
insurance products through its consumer and commercial distribution systems
gives it a distinct competitive advantage over its competitors who do not have
such ability.

EMPLOYEES. At December 31, 1995, the Company had approximately 16,600
full-time and part-time employees, approximately 12,500 of whom were employed in
connection with the consumer finance business and approximately 2,500 of whom
were employed in connection with the commercial finance business. The Company is
not subject to any collective bargaining arrangements. The Company believes that
its employee relations are good.

PROPERTIES. The Company owns its administrative headquarters in Irving,
Texas, consisting of approximately 550,000 square feet. At December 31, 1995,
the Company had approximately 2,100 offices worldwide, including 1,947 consumer
and commercial branch offices as well as other offices performing centralized
functions. Substantially all of these offices are leased pursuant to leases with
terms of generally five years or less. The Company believes that its properties
are suitable and adequate for its business as presently conducted.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits arising
in the ordinary course of its business. The Company aggressively manages its
litigation and assesses appropriate responses to its lawsuits in light of a
number of factors, including potential impact of the actions on the conduct of
the Company's operations. While, in the opinion of management, the resolution of
any of these matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial condition or results of operations, there can be no
assurance that an adverse decision in one or more of such lawsuits will not have
such a material adverse effect. The outcome of various individual lawsuits,
however, may affect the manner in which the Company conducts its business, as
further described below.

Alabama Concentration. The Company and certain of its subsidiaries are
defendants in a relatively higher concentration of lawsuits in the State of
Alabama than in the remainder of the United States. Management believes that the
aggregate number of lawsuits instituted in Alabama represents additional
exposure to the Company because of the recent history of juries in Alabama
awarding significant damages, both compensatory and punitive, in civil cases.
For example, in 1994, a jury in Alabama awarded damages in excess of $30,000,000
against the Company in one case relating to a $25,000 real estate-secured loan.
The Company's post-trial motion in that case was granted, and the jury verdict
overturned. The case was subsequently settled. Presently, there are

61
<PAGE> 63

approximately 100 actions pending against the Company in Alabama. In addition, a
recent Alabama Supreme Court decision, McCullar v. Universal Underwriters Life
Ins. Co., et al., (a case in which the Company was not a party), has cast doubt
on the method many lenders, including the Company, have used to calculate
coverage amounts and premiums with respect to credit insurance. A motion for
reconsideration is currently pending in that case. Although the impact of this
decision on the Company's past activities and pending litigation is not clear,
as a result of this ruling the Company has changed its practices in this area to
conform to the Court's opinion as it currently stands. Presently, the Company is
a defendant in approximately 10 class action lawsuits in Alabama involving
similar claims related to the sale of credit insurance.

Credit Card Fee Litigation. In various states consumers have filed lawsuits
against credit card issuers that claim the issuer does not have the authority to
export fees and charges that exceed the numerical interest rate authorized by
the law of the state where the issuer is domiciled. For example, the California
and Colorado State Supreme Courts have upheld the ability of an out-of-state
bank to export all fees and charges, while the New Jersey State Supreme Court
and a Pennsylvania state appeals court have ruled that only the numerical
interest rate can be exported. In a similar case against a subsidiary of the
Company, Szydlik v. Associates National Bank (Delaware), ANB was sued in a
Pennsylvania class action that alleged ANB's late fees, overlimit fees and
returned check fees were in excess of those allowed by Pennsylvania law. The
trial court in Szydlik dismissed the case, and the United States Court of
Appeals for the Third Circuit has held that such fees constitute interest and
may be exported by a national bank from its state of domicile. With respect to
certain issues relating to fees allowed under California law relating to a
predecessor bank, the case was remanded to federal district court for further
proceedings. An adverse ultimate judgment in Szydlik or an adverse United States
Supreme Court ruling in a similar case could affect ANB's future ability to
export fees and charges, which could adversely impact its results of operations.
The United States Supreme Court has recently agreed to hear arguments in one
such case.

REGULATION. The Company's operations are subject to extensive state and
Federal regulations including, but not limited to, the following Federal
statutes and regulations: the Consumer Credit Protection Act of 1968, as amended
(including certain provisions thereof commonly known as the "Truth-in-Lending
Act" or "TILA"), the Equal Credit Opportunity Act of 1974, as amended (the
"ECOA"), the Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1970, as amended (the "FCRA") and the
Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (the "RESPA"). In addition, the Company is
subject to state laws and regulations with respect to the amount of interest and
other charges which lenders can collect on loans.

In the judgment of the Company, existing statutes and regulations have not
had a materially adverse effect on the operations of the Company. However, it is
not possible to forecast the nature of future legislation, regulations, judicial
decisions, orders or regulatory interpretations with respect to the foregoing or
their impact on the future business, financial condition or prospects of the
Company.

Consumer Finance. The Company's consumer finance business, including its
credit card business, is subject to detailed supervision by Federal and state
authorities under legislation and regulations which generally require licensing
of the lender, limitations on the amount, duration and charges for various
categories of loans, adequate disclosure of certain contract terms and
limitations on certain collection practices and creditor remedies. Licenses are
renewable, and may be subject to revocation for violations of such laws and
regulations. In addition, most states have usury laws which limit interest
rates. Federal legislation preempts state interest rate ceilings on first
mortgage loans and state laws which restrict various types of alternative home
equity receivables, except in those states which have specifically opted out of
such preemption.

The Company is required to comply with TILA and Regulation Z promulgated
thereunder. TILA requires, among other things, disclosure of pertinent elements
of consumer credit transactions, including the finance charges and the
comparative costs of credit expressed in terms of an annual percentage rate. The
TILA disclosure requirements are designed to provide consumers with

62
<PAGE> 64

uniform, understandable information with respect to the terms and conditions of
loans and credit transactions in order to enable them to compare credit terms.
TILA also guarantees consumers a three-day right to cancel certain credit
transactions, including refinanced mortgages and junior mortgage loans on a
consumer's primary residence. Section 32 of Regulation Z mandates that
applicants for real estate loans which contain certain rate and fee amounts be
provided an additional three days waiting period prior to signing loan
documents.

In addition, the Company is required to comply with the ECOA which, in
part, prohibits credit discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion,
sex, marital status, national origin and age. Regulation B promulgated under
ECOA restricts the type of information that may be obtained by creditors in
connection with a credit application. It also requires certain disclosures by
the lender regarding consumer rights and requires lenders to advise applicants
who are denied credit of the reasons therefor. In instances where a loan
application is denied or the rate or charge on a loan is increased as a result
of information obtained from a consumer credit agency, the FCRA requires the
lender to supply the applicant with the name and address of the reporting
agency.

RESPA has been extended to cover real estate secured loans that are
subordinated to other mortgage loans. RESPA and Regulation X thereunder require
disclosure of certain information to customers within prescribed time frames and
regulate the receipt or payment of fees or charges for services performed.

ANB is under the supervision of, and subject to examination by, the Office
of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC"). ANB's charter limits its activities
to credit card operations. In addition, ANB is subject to the rules and
regulations of the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation ("FDIC"). Associates Investment is regulated by the FDIC and the
Utah Department of Financial Institutions. ANB and Associates Investment are
subject to regulation relating to capital adequacy, leverage, loans, deposits,
consumer protection, the payment of dividends, transactions with affiliates and
other aspects of operations. In addition, both ANB and Associates Investment are
subject to the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act.

The right of federally insured depositary institutions, including ANB and
Associates Investment, to export certain charges to consumers, such as late
fees, overlimit fees and returned check fees, is not settled in some states
under existing law. The restrictions imposed by such laws and regulations could
limit the Company's discretion in operating ANB and Associates Investment.

Federal and state legislation seeking to regulate the maximum interest rate
and/or other charges on consumer finance receivables has been introduced in the
past, and may from time to time be introduced in the future. However, it is not
possible to predict the nature of future legislation with respect to the
foregoing or its impact on the future business, financial condition or prospects
of the Company.

Commercial Finance. Although most states do not regulate commercial
finance, certain states do require licensing of lenders and financers,
limitations on interest rates and other charges, adequate disclosure of certain
contract terms and limitations on certain collection practices and creditor
remedies. The Company is also required to comply with certain provisions of the
ECOA which are applicable to commercial loans.

Small business administration loans made by the Company are governed by the
Small Business Act and the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended,
and may be subject to the same regulations by certain states as are other
commercial finance operations. The federal statutes and regulations specify the
types of loans and loan amounts which are eligible for the Small Business
Administration's guaranty as well as the servicing requirements imposed on the
lender to maintain small business administration guarantees.

Insurance. The insurance operations of the Company are subject to detailed
regulation and supervision in each state or other jurisdiction in which they
conduct business. The laws of the various jurisdictions establish supervisory
and regulatory agencies with broad administrative pow-

63
<PAGE> 65

ers. Generally, such laws cover, among other things, types of insurance that may
be sold, policy forms, reserve requirements, permissible investments, premiums
charged, trade practices, limitations on the amount of dividends payable by any
insurance company and guidelines and standards with respect to dealings between
insurance companies and affiliates.

Foreign Regulation. The Company is subject to regulation in those countries
in which the Company has operations and in most cases has been required to
obtain central governmental approval before commencing business. In the United
Kingdom, the Company's lending activities are generally subject to regulation
and licensing under the Consumer Credit Act by the Office of Fair Trading, and
its insurance activities are regulated by the Department of Trade. Japanese
lending activities are licensed and regulated by the Ministry of Finance
pursuant to the Moneylenders Law. In Canada, legislation and regulation relating
to disclosure and consumer protection vary from province to province, and the
Company is subject to limitations on the effective rate of interest. Supervision
of the Company's activities in Mexico is provided, at the federal level, by the
Treasury Ministry, Banking Commission and the Central Bank (Banco de Mexico).

RELATIONSHIP WITH FORD

Immediately prior to the Offerings, Ford and FFSG will be the only
stockholders of the Company. Upon completion of the Offerings, Ford will
beneficially own 26.1 % of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and 100% of the
outstanding Class B Common Stock of the Company (which Class B Common Stock is
entitled to five votes per share on any matter submitted to a vote of the
Company's stockholders). Upon completion of the Offerings, the Common Stock
beneficially owned by Ford will represent in the aggregate 95.1% of the combined
voting power of all of the outstanding Common Stock. For as long as Ford
continues to beneficially own shares of Common Stock representing more than 50%
of the combined voting power of the Common Stock, Ford will be able to direct
the election of all of the members of the Company's board of directors and
exercise a controlling influence over the business and affairs of the Company,
including any determinations with respect to mergers or other business
combinations involving the Company, the acquisition or disposition of assets by
the Company, the incurrence of indebtedness by the Company, the issuance of any
additional Common Stock or other equity securities, and the payment of dividends
with respect to Common Stock. Similarly, Ford will have the power to determine
matters submitted to a vote of the Company's stockholders without the consent of
the Company's other stockholders, will have the power to prevent a change in
control of the Company and could take other actions that might be favorable to
Ford. See "Management".

Ford has advised the Company that its current intent is to continue to hold
all of the Common Stock beneficially owned by it following the Offerings.
However, Ford is not subject to any contractual obligation to retain its
controlling interest, except that Ford has agreed not to sell or otherwise
dispose of any shares of Common Stock of the Company for a period of 180 days
after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of Goldman,
Sachs & Co. As a result, there can be no assurance concerning the period of time
during which Ford will maintain its beneficial ownership of Common Stock owned
by it following the Offerings. See "Underwriting".

In addition, by virtue of its controlling beneficial ownership and the
terms of a tax-sharing agreement to be entered into between the Company and
Ford, Ford will effectively control all of the Company's tax decisions, and
conflicts of interest regarding tax matters between the Company and Ford may
arise. See "-- Tax-Sharing Agreement".

64
<PAGE> 66

For a description of certain provisions of the Company's Restated
Certificate of Incorporation concerning the allocation of business opportunities
that may be suitable for both the Company and Ford, see "Description of Capital
Stock -- Certain Certificate of Incorporation and By-law Provisions -- Corporate
Opportunities".

Set forth below are descriptions of certain agreements, relationships and
transactions between the Company and Ford:

CORPORATE AGREEMENT. The Company and Ford intend to enter into a corporate
agreement (the "Corporate Agreement") under which the Company will grant to Ford
a continuing option, assignable to any of its subsidiaries, to purchase, under
certain circumstances, additional shares of Class B Common Stock or shares of
nonvoting capital stock of the Company (the "Stock Option"). The Stock Option
may be exercised simultaneously with the issuance of any equity security of the
Company (other than in the Offerings or upon the exercise of the Underwriters'
over-allotment options), with respect to Class B Common Stock, only to the
extent necessary to maintain its then-existing percentage of the total voting
power and value of the Company and, with respect to shares of nonvoting capital
stock, to the extent necessary to own 80% of each outstanding class of such
stock. The purchase price of the shares of Class B Common Stock purchased upon
any exercise of the Stock Option, subject to certain exceptions, will be based
on the market price of the Class A Common Stock, and the purchase price of
nonvoting capital stock will be the price at which such stock may be purchased
by third parties. The Stock Option expires in the event that Ford reduces its
beneficial ownership of Common Stock in the Company to Common Stock representing
less than 45% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

The Corporate Agreement will further provide that, upon the request of
Ford, the Company will use its best efforts to effect the registration under the
applicable federal and state securities laws of any of the shares of Common
Stock and nonvoting capital stock (and any other securities issued in respect of
or in exchange for either) beneficially owned by Ford for sale in accordance
with Ford's intended method of disposition thereof, and will take such other
actions as may be necessary to permit the sale thereof in other jurisdictions,
subject to certain specified limitations. Ford will also have the right which,
subject to certain limitations, it may exercise at any time and from time to
time, to include the shares of Common Stock and nonvoting capital stock (and any
other securities issued in respect of or in exchange for either) beneficially
owned by it in certain other registrations of common equity securities of the
Company initiated by the Company on its own behalf or on behalf of its other
stockholders. The Company will agree to pay all out-of-pocket costs and expenses
in connection with each such registration that Ford requests or in which Ford
participates. Subject to certain limitations specified in the Corporate
Agreement, such registration rights will be assignable by Ford and its assigns.
The Corporate Agreement will contain indemnification and contribution
provisions: (i) by Ford and its permitted assigns for the benefit of the Company
and related persons; and (ii) by the Company for the benefit of Ford and the
other persons entitled to effect registrations of Common Stock (and other
securities) pursuant to its terms and related persons.

The Corporate Agreement will also provide that for so long as Ford
maintains beneficial ownership of a majority of the number of outstanding shares
of Common Stock, the Company may not take any action or enter into any
commitment or agreement which may reasonably be anticipated to result, with or
without notice and with or without lapse of time, or otherwise, in a
contravention (or an event of default) by Ford of: (i) any provision of
applicable law or regulation, including but not limited to provisions pertaining
to the Code or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended;
(ii) any provision of Ford's, Ford Holdings, Inc.'s (an indirect, wholly-owned
subsidiary of Ford) or FFSG's certificates of incorporation or by-laws; (iii)
any credit agreement or other material instrument binding upon Ford, Ford
Holdings, Inc. or FFSG or any of their respective assets or (iv) any judgment,
order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction
over Ford, Ford Holdings, Inc. or FFSG or any of their respective assets.

65
<PAGE> 67

The Corporate Agreement will provide that the Company will enter into a
similar agreement for the benefit of the Class B Transferee (as defined below),
if any.

TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT. The Company and Ford are parties to a
trademark license agreement pursuant to which Ford has granted to the Company a
nonexclusive license that permits the Company to use Ford's name and trademark
for general corporate identification purposes and in connection with the
business of FCFC in the United States (i.e., home equity lending and
manufactured housing lending) and the Company's credit card operations. The
agreement is terminable at the will of either party upon at least 180 days'
prior written notice and will automatically terminate if at any time Ford ceases
to own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding Common Stock of
the Company. Within 90 days following termination of the agreement, the Company
must cease using Ford's name and trademark; provided that it shall not be
required to replace trademark branded credit cards except in the normal course
of business on the normal expiration date of each such card, but in any event,
within 2 years of the date of termination. Effective January 1, 1996, the
Company has agreed to pay to Ford an annual royalty for such license in an
amount equal to 0.01% of the Company's total domestic assets at December 31 of
each year. Based upon the Company's total domestic assets at December 31, 1995,
such payment will be approximately $3.7 million for 1996. Prior to January 1,
1996, the Company's use of Ford's name and trademark was royalty free. The
royalty is subject to review by the parties every five years and may be changed
by the parties based on advice from an independent appraiser as to the market
value of the license.

TAX-SHARING AGREEMENT. The Company is, and after the Offerings will
continue to be, included in Ford's federal consolidated income tax group, and
the Company's federal income tax liability will be included in the consolidated
federal income tax liability of Ford and its subsidiaries. In certain
circumstances, certain of the Company's subsidiaries will also be included with
certain Ford subsidiaries in combined, consolidated or unitary income tax groups
for state and local tax purposes. The Company and Ford intend to enter into a
tax-sharing agreement (the "Tax-Sharing Agreement"). Pursuant to the Tax-Sharing
Agreement, the Company and Ford will make payments between them such that, with
respect to any period, the amount of taxes to be paid by the Company, subject to
certain adjustments, will be determined as though the Company were to file
separate federal, state and local income tax returns (including, except as
provided below, any amounts determined to be due as a result of a
redetermination of the tax liability of Ford arising from an audit or otherwise)
as the common parent of an affiliate group of corporations filing combined,
consolidated or unitary (as applicable) federal, state and local returns rather
than a consolidated subsidiary of Ford with respect to federal, state and local
income taxes. With respect to certain tax items, however, such as foreign tax
credits and any alternative minimum tax penalty payments, the Company's right to
reimbursement will be determined based on the usage of such foreign tax credits
and alternative minimum tax credits by the consolidated group.

In determining the amount of tax-sharing payments under the Tax-Sharing
Agreement, Ford will prepare pro forma returns with respect to federal and
applicable state and local income taxes that reflect the same positions and
elections used by Ford in preparing the returns for Ford's consolidated group
and other applicable groups. Ford will continue to have all the rights of a
parent of a consolidated group (and similar rights provided for by applicable
state and local law with respect to a parent of a combined, consolidated or
unitary group), will be the sole and exclusive agent for the Company in any and
all matters relating to the income, franchise and similar liabilities of the
Company, will have sole and exclusive responsibility for the preparation and
filing of consolidated federal and consolidated or combined state and local
income tax returns (or amended returns), and will have the power, in its sole
discretion, to contest or compromise any asserted tax adjustment or deficiency
and to file, litigate or compromise any claim for refund on behalf of the
Company. In addition, Ford has agreed to undertake to provide the aforementioned
services with respect to the Company's separate state and local returns and the
Company's foreign returns.

66
<PAGE> 68

In general, the Company will be included in Ford's consolidated group for
federal income tax purposes for so long as Ford beneficially owns at least 80%
of the total voting power and value of the outstanding Common Stock. Each member
of a consolidated group is jointly and severally liable for the federal income
tax liability of each other member of the consolidated group. Accordingly,
although the Tax-Sharing Agreement allocates tax liabilities between the Company
and Ford, during the period in which the Company is included in Ford's
consolidated group, the Company could be liable in the event that any federal
tax liability is incurred, but not discharged, by any other member of Ford's
consolidated group. See "Risk Factors -- Control by and Relationship with Ford".

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT. Ford has provided (and as long as Ford
beneficially owns more than 50% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company,
Ford expects to continue to provide), at the request of the Company, certain
services to the Company for commercially reasonable fees. These services, which
are the subject of a management services agreement between the Company and Ford,
include: (i) management and other technical and professional (e.g., legal and
tax) support; (ii) accounting and bookkeeping, including assistance with
policies, principles and procedures, budget and cost controls, and audit
programs; (iii) pension asset management; (iv) sales, marketing and operational
planning, including providing the Company with Ford customer data to facilitate
cross-marketing; and (v) insurance coverage under Ford's property and casualty
insurance policies such as liability, crime, property, workers' compensation and
directors' and officers' insurance. The aggregate annual payments by the Company
for (i) the services provided in clauses (i) through (iv) of the preceding
sentence are $3.5 million, subject to adjustment for inflation and (ii) the
insurance coverage provided in clause (v) of the preceding sentence will be
based on the Company's proportional share of the premium costs of such
coverages. Ford and the Company may each terminate the management services
agreement by giving the other party at least 180 days prior written notice. In
addition, if at any time Ford ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of the
outstanding voting stock of the Company or ceases for any reason, as determined
in Ford's reasonable discretion, to have effective control of the Company, then
the management services agreement shall terminate automatically. Following any
termination of the management services agreement, the Company will remain liable
for any retroactive insurance premium adjustments for the periods the Company
participated in Ford's insurance programs.

As described under "Business -- Commercial Finance -- Other Commercial
Activities", the Company provides relocation services to Ford and, through its
auto club operations, administers Ford's roadside assistance program. In
addition, the Company operates a computer system that supports the term-funding
operations of a Ford subsidiary. See Note 14 to the supplemental combined
financial statements.

67
<PAGE> 69

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the directors
and executive officers of the Company:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRESENT PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION OR EMPLOYMENT
NAME AGE AND FIVE-YEAR EMPLOYMENT HISTORY
- --------------------------- --- -----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Keith W. Hughes............ 49 Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director
of the Company since February 1995; President and Director
of the Company from August 1991 until February 1995; Vice
Chairman of the Board and Director of the Company from
November 1988 until August 1991. Mr. Hughes is a director
of American Eagle Group, Inc. (insurance).
Joseph M. McQuillan........ 64 Vice Chairman of the Board and Director of the Company
since August 1991; Senior Executive Vice President,
Comptroller and Chief Accounting Officer from November
1988 until February 1990.
Harold D. Marshall......... 60 Vice Chairman of the Board and Director of the Company
since November 1988.
Roy A. Guthrie............. 43 Executive Vice President, Comptroller, Chief Accounting
Officer and Director of the Company since June 1995;
Chief Financial Officer of the Company since March 1996;
Senior Vice President, Comptroller and Chief Accounting
Officer of the Company from February 1990 until June
1995.
Chester D. Longenecker..... 49 Executive Vice President and General Counsel of the Company
since June 1986.
James B. Watts............. 60 Executive Vice President of the Company since May 1990.
James F. Metevier.......... 54 Senior Vice President of the Company since December 1995;
Senior Vice President of ACONA since March 1981.
Fredrick H. Stern.......... 43 Senior Vice President of the Company since February 1995;
Senior Vice President of Associates Corporation of North
America (A Texas Corporation) since February 1987.
</TABLE>

Upon completion of the Offerings, the Company will have a board of
directors consisting of the four current members of the Company's board of
directors identified above. After completion of the Offerings, the Company
anticipates that the size and composition of the board of directors will be
changed and will include three directors who will be officers of the Company,
two directors who will be officers of Ford and two directors who will be persons
not associated with the Company or Ford. Ford will have the ability to change
the size and composition of the Company's board of directors and committees of
the board of directors. See "Relationship with Ford".

The Company's board of directors is expected to appoint members to a
compensation committee of the board of directors (the "Compensation Committee")
and an audit committee of the board of directors (the "Audit Committee") after
independent directors are elected. Both such committees will be comprised solely
of independent directors. The Compensation Committee will establish remuneration
levels for certain officers of the Company and perform such functions as may be
delegated to it under employee benefit programs and executive compensation
programs. The Audit Committee will select and engage, on behalf of the Company,
the independent public accountants to audit the Company's annual financial
statements. The Audit Committee will also review and approve the planned scope
of the annual audit.

The board of directors may, from time to time, establish certain other
committees to facilitate the management of the Company.

68
<PAGE> 70

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table discloses compensation received by the Company's
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, the Company's former Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer and the four other most highly paid executive officers of the
Company who were serving as executive officers at December 31, 1995 (the "Named
Executive Officers") for the Company's last three fiscal years.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ANNUAL COMPENSATION LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
---------------------------------------- -------------------------
AWARDS PAYOUTS
------------ ----------
SECURITIES
UNDERLYING
STOCK
NAME AND BASE OTHER ANNUAL OPTIONS/SARS LTIP ALL OTHER
PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR SALARY($) BONUS($) COMPENSATION($) (#) PAYOUTS($) COMPENSATION($)
- --------------------------- ---- --------- -------- --------------- ------------ ---------- ---------------
(5) (6) (7) (10)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Keith W. Hughes............ 1995 $ 431,667 $700,000 $ 17,176 0 $1,088,050(8) $ 29,596(11)
Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer(1)
Reece A. Overcash, Jr...... 1995 92,863(4) 0 4,328 0 0 2,107,518(12)
Former Chairman and 1994 729,150 700,000 35,491 0 5,258,770 67,689(12)
Chief Executive 1993 675,925 650,000 28,140 0 765,000 64,496(12)
Officer(2)
Joseph M. McQuillan........ 1995 315,250 410,000 16,820 0 438,000 73,050(13)
Vice Chairman 1994 296,625 385,000 14,665 10,000 365,000 64,509(13)
1993 278,250 324,000 12,471 0 330,000 48,819(13)
Harold D. Marshall......... 1995 342,750 350,000 13,919 0 458,000 100,989(14)
Vice Chairman 1994 325,900 330,000 15,139 10,000 1,114,828 24,648(14)
1993 309,175 286,000 13,698 0 565,518 30,338(14)
James E. Jack.............. 1995 253,950 200,000 11,698 0 582,090(9) 43,103(15)
Senior Executive Vice 1994 238,500 224,000 11,374 0 572,880 16,574(15)
President and Chief 1993 221,525 200,000 7,962 0 276,960 15,296(15)
Financial Officer(3)
Chester D. Longenecker..... 1995 216,250 127,000 7,298 0 121,000 159,046(16)
Executive Vice President 1994 205,500 113,000 8,667 0 541,701 13,238(16)
and General Counsel 1993 195,250 103,000 4,528 0 100,000 46,758(16)
</TABLE>

- ---------------
(1) Mr. Hughes was elected Chairman and Chief Executive Officer on February 1,
1995 following the death of Reece A. Overcash, Jr., the immediately
preceding Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Compensation
information is provided for 1995, including the period before Mr. Hughes
was elected Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

(2) Reece A. Overcash, Jr. was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company from August 1, 1979 through January 17, 1995, the date of his
death. Compensation information for 1995 includes all compensation earned
by Mr. Overcash prior to his death, as well as additional amounts paid to
Mr. Overcash's estate and/or beneficiaries as post-death compensation
continuation payments pursuant to Mr. Overcash's Employment Agreement with
the Company (see footnote 11).

(3) Mr. Jack retired as an officer of the Company in March 1996.

(4) Compensation reported is base salary earned through February 15, 1995, the
close of the pay period ending within the month following Mr. Overcash's
death.

(5) Compensation reported is the Company's payment to cover a Named Executive
Officer's taxes with respect to the value of benefits and perquisites
includable in the Named Executive Officer's taxable income for the year
reported (commonly known as a "tax gross-up").

(6) The options reported in the "Securities Underlying Stock Options/SARs"
column are nonqualified stock options to purchase shares of Ford common
stock granted pursuant to the Ford Motor Company 1990 Long-Term Incentive
Plan. The Company has also made grants of "phantom stock appreciation
rights" ("PSARs") under the Associates First Capital Corporation Phantom
Stock Appreciation Right Plan (the "PSAR Plan"). PSARs have been classified
as long-term incentive plan compensation throughout this Executive
Compensation section rather than as stock appreciation

69
<PAGE> 71

rights because the value of the PSARs is based on a profit-based formula
rather than appreciation in the Company's stock price (for a description of
the PSAR Plan, see footnote 1 to the Long-Term Incentive Plans table).

(7) Compensation reported in the "LTIP Payouts" column is the amount paid in
the year reported to a Named Executive Officer under the Associates First
Capital Corporation Long-Term Performance Plan (the "LTPP") and, if
specifically noted, the amount paid under the PSAR Plan with respect to
PSARs exercised by the Named Executive Officer during the year (for a
description of the LTPP, see footnote 3 to the Long-Term Incentive Plans
table).

(8) For Mr. Hughes for 1995, the LTPP award was $700,000, and he received
$388,050 for PSARs exercised in 1995.

(9) For Mr. Jack for 1995, the LTPP award was $284,000, and he received
$298,090 for PSARs exercised in 1995.

(10) Compensation reported in the "All Other Compensation" column includes
Company contributions on behalf of a Named Executive Officer pursuant to
the Company's tax-qualified and non-qualified supplemental defined
contribution plans ("Company DCP Contributions"), above-market earnings
accrued by the Company for the reported year with respect to a Named
Executive Officer's elective deferrals of salary, bonus, PSAR payouts,
and/or LTPP payouts ("Above-Market Earnings on Deferred Compensation"), and
amounts includable in compensation for Company-paid premiums for additional
term life insurance ("Term Insurance Compensation"). Earnings are
above-market to the extent they exceed one-hundred-twenty percent of the
applicable federal rate.

(11) For Mr. Hughes for 1995, Company DCP Contributions were $25,900,
Above-Market Earnings on Deferred Compensation were $898 and Term Insurance
Compensation was $2,798.

(12) For Mr. Overcash for 1995, compensation reported includes amounts payable
to Mr. Overcash's estate pursuant to the post-death compensation
continuation provisions of Mr. Overcash's five-year Employment Agreement
with the Company dated October 25, 1991 which for 1995 provides for (i) the
continued monthly payment of Mr. Overcash's base salary for February 16,
1995 through December 31, 1995 ($649,594), (ii) the payment of a bonus for
1995 equal to the average bonus paid for the three preceding fiscal years
($650,000) plus (iii) the payment of a long-term incentive for 1995 under
the LTPP equal to the average incentive paid under the LTPP to Mr. Overcash
for the three preceding fiscal years ($805,000). These post-death
compensation continuation payments end on October 24, 1996, the date Mr.
Overcash's Employment Agreement terminates. Company DCP Contributions were
(i) $929 for 1995, (ii) $43,749 for 1994, and (iii) $40,556 for 1993. Term
Insurance Compensation was (i) $1,995 for 1995, (ii) $23,940 for 1994 and
(iii) $23,940 for 1993. Mr. Overcash received no Above-Market Earnings on
Deferred Compensation for any reported year.

(13) For Mr. McQuillan, Company DCP Contributions were (i) $18,915 for 1995,
(ii) $17,798 for 1994 and (iii) $16,695 for 1993. Above-Market Earnings on
Deferred Compensation were (i) $44,939 for 1995, (ii) $38,638 for 1994 and
(iii) $25,048 for 1993. Term Insurance Compensation was (i) $9,196 for
1995, (ii) $8,073 for 1994 and (iii) $7,076 for 1993.

(14) For Mr. Marshall, Company DCP Contributions were (i) $20,565 for 1995, (ii)
$19,554 for 1994 and (iii) $18,551 for 1993. Above-Market Earnings on
Deferred Compensation were (i) $74,781 for 1995, (ii) $0 for 1994 and (iii)
$7,026 for 1993. Term Insurance Compensation was (i) $5,643 for 1995, (ii)
$5,094 for 1994 and (iii) $4,761 for 1993.

(15) For Mr. Jack, Company DCP Contributions were (i) $15,237 for 1995, (ii)
$14,310 for 1994 and (iii) $13,292 for 1993. Above-Market Earnings on
Deferred Compensation were (i) $25,378 for 1995, (ii) $0 for 1994 and (iii)
$0 for 1993. Term Insurance Compensation was (i) $2,488 for 1995, (ii)
$2,264 for 1994 and (iii) $2,004 for 1993.

(16) For Mr. Longenecker, Company DCP Contributions were (i) $12,975 for 1995,
(ii) $12,330 for 1994 and (iii) $11,715 for 1993. Above-Market Earnings on
Deferred Compensation were (i) $145,090 for 1995, (ii) $0 for 1994 and
(iii) $34,204 for 1993. Term Insurance Compensation was (i) $981 for 1995,
(ii) $908 for 1994 and (iii) $839 for 1993.

70
<PAGE> 72

OPTIONS/STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the exercise
of options to purchase common stock of Ford during the fiscal year ending
December 31, 1995 and exercisable/unexercisable options to purchase common stock
of Ford held at December 31, 1995 and the value thereof by the Named Executive
Officers. No options were exercised by the Named Executive Officers during 1995.

AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES(1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
SECURITIES VALUE OF
UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED
UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY
OPTIONS AT OPTIONS AT
12/31/95(#) 12/31/95($)
SHARES -------------- --------------
ACQUIRED ON VALUE EXERCISABLE/ EXERCISABLE/
NAME EXERCISE(#) REALIZED($) UNEXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
---- ----------- ----------- -------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Keith W. Hughes
Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer............................ 0 $ 0 3,750/11,250 $938/2,813
Reece A. Overcash, Jr.
Former Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer............................ 0 0 0 0
Joseph M. McQuillan
Vice Chairman......................... 0 0 2,500/7,500 625/1,875
Harold D. Marshall
Vice Chairman......................... 0 0 2,500/7,500 625/1,875
James E. Jack
Senior Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer............ 0 0 0 0
Chester D. Longenecker
Executive Vice President and General
Counsel............................ 0 0 0 0
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) The options reported in this table are incentive stock options and
nonqualified stock options to purchase shares of common stock of Ford
granted pursuant to the Ford Motor Company 1990 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
The exercise price of the options is $28.625 per share, and the closing
trading price on the NYSE of Ford common stock on December 31, 1995 was
$28.875.

71
<PAGE> 73

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding awards made
during 1995 to the Named Executive Officers under the Company's long-term
incentive compensation plans: the PSAR Plan and the LTPP.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS -- AWARDS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERFORMANCE
OR OTHER
NUMBER OF PERIOD ESTIMATED FUTURE PAYOUTS UNDER
SHARES, UNTIL NON-STOCK PRICE-BASED PLANS(3)
UNITS OR MATURATION ----------------------------------------
NAME OTHER RIGHTS(#) OR PAYOUT THRESHOLD($) TARGET($) MAXIMUM($)
---- --------------- ----------- ------------ --------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(1) (2)
Keith W. Hughes
Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer
PSAR Plan................... 35,000 1/1/96 N/A(4) N/A N/A
LTPP........................ (5) 12/31/95 $110,500 $ 276,300 $828,900
Reece A. Overcash, Jr.
Former Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer
PSAR Plan(6)................ 0 1/1/96 N/A N/A N/A
LTPP(7)..................... (5) 12/31/95 0 0 0
Joseph M. McQuillan
Vice Chairman
PSAR Plan................... 13,245 1/1/96 N/A N/A N/A
LTPP........................ (5) 12/31/95 75,500 188,700 566,100
Harold D. Marshall
Vice Chairman
PSAR Plan................... 13,000 1/1/96 N/A N/A N/A
LTPP........................ (5) 12/31/95 75,500 188,700 566,100
James E. Jack
Senior Executive Vice
President and Chief
Financial Officer
PSAR Plan................... 7,755 1/1/96 N/A N/A N/A
LTPP........................ (5) 12/31/95 42,500 106,200 318,600
Chester D. Longenecker
Executive Vice President and
General Counsel
PSAR Plan................... 5,000 1/1/96 N/A N/A N/A
LTPP........................ (5) 12/31/95 33,800 84,500 253,500
</TABLE>

- ---------------
(1) Reports the number of PSARs granted during 1995 under the PSAR Plan. The
Company terminated the PSAR Plan as of December 31, 1995 and has cashed out
all outstanding PSARs. See "-- Additional Material Employee Compensation
Plans and Agreements".

(2) With respect to the PSAR Plan, the date disclosed in this column refers to
the date upon which the grant of PSARs becomes exercisable. With respect to
the LTPP, the performance period is the four-consecutive years ending on the
last day of the current year, December 31, 1995.

(3) Amounts listed represent estimated payout levels for interests granted
during 1995 under the LTPP. Awards payable under the LTPP are determined
based on the Company's average performance in achieving annual profitability
targets for the four-consecutive years ending with the current year. An
award pool is created based on the performance of the Company for the
four-year performance period. The award pool is allocated among eligible
participants based on the performance of a business unit and the performance
of a participant in achieving individual performance objectives. For

72
<PAGE> 74

1995, the performance period is 1992-1995, inclusive. Awards determined for
1995 were paid in December 1995. See "-- Additional Material Employee
Compensation Plans and Agreements".

(4) N/A means not applicable.

(5) Interests granted under the LTPP are not evidenced by shares, units or other
rights or indicia of ownership.

(6) No PSARs were granted during 1995 to Mr. Overcash or his estate.

(7) Pursuant to Mr. Overcash's Employment Agreement with the Company, an award
for 1995 under the LTPP was paid to Mr. Overcash's estate (see footnote 11
to the Summary Compensation table for additional information).

PENSION/DEFINED BENEFIT RETIREMENT PLANS

The Company sponsors three defined benefit retirement plans (collectively,
the "Company's DB Plans") pursuant to which retirement income is payable to
covered employees, including the Named Executive Officers. The Associates First
Capital Corporation Pension Plan (the "Qualified Plan") is a tax-qualified
defined benefit retirement plan covering all eligible employees of the Company.
The Excess Benefit Plan of Associates First Capital Corporation (the "EBP")
covers participants in the Qualified Plan whose retirement income is affected by
(i) elections to defer compensation, and (ii) limitations imposed on qualified
retirement plans, in general, by Sections 401(a)(17), 414(s) and 415 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Internal Revenue Code"). The
purpose of the EBP is to restore benefits which, if it were not for such limits,
would otherwise be available under the Qualified Plan. Mr. Jack will be eligible
to receive a benefit under the Qualified Plan and the EBP; such benefit would be
approximately $135,000 annually commencing at age 56, and continue until Mr.
Jack attains age 62. However, of the active Named Executive Officers, based on
assumed retirement at normal retirement age, only Mr. Longenecker will receive a
benefit pursuant to the EBP.

The following table illustrates the yearly pension commencing at "normal
retirement age" for Mr. Longenecker pursuant to the Company's Qualified Plan and
the EBP.

PENSION PLAN TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS OF SERVICE(2)(3)
--------------------------------------------------------
REMUNERATION($)(1) 20 25 30 35 40
- --------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$250,000............................ $100,000 $112,500 $125,500 $137,500 $150,000
275,000............................ 110,000 123,750 137,500 151,250 165,000
300,000............................ 120,000 135,000 150,000 165,000 180,000
325,000............................ 130,000 146,250 162,500 178,750 195,000
350,000............................ 140,000 157,500 175,000 192,500 210,000
375,000............................ 150,000 168,750 187,500 206,250 225,000
400,000............................ 160,000 180,000 200,000 220,000 240,000
425,000............................ 170,000 191,250 212,500 233,750 255,000
450,000............................ 180,000 202,500 225,000 247,500 270,000
475,000............................ 190,000 213,750 237,500 261,250 285,500
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Remuneration is the sum of a participant's base salary plus annual bonus
(excluding amounts payable under the LTPP and the PSAR Plan) paid or payable
for a fiscal year, including elective deferrals (see "Base Salary" and
"Bonus" columns in the Summary Compensation table).

(2) The estimated credited service at December 31, 1995 for Mr. Longenecker is
21 years.

(3) The estimated annual benefits illustrated in the table are to be offset by
the Named Executive Officer's Social Security benefits. The normal form of
payment is a life annuity for a single participant and an actuarially
equivalent 50% joint and survivor annuity for a married participant. The
estimated annual benefits illustrated in the table are in the form of a life
annuity.

The Associates Corporation of North America Supplemental Retirement Income
Plan (the "SRIP") covers only designated eligible executives of the Company and
is designed to provide a target retirement income for participants. Retirement
benefits are payable under the SRIP to the extent the Company's Qualified Plan
does not achieve the target level of retirement income. Messrs. Hughes,
McQuillan, Marshall and Jack are participants in the SRIP and, based on assumed
retirement at normal retirement age, will receive a benefit under the SRIP. Mr.
Overcash was a

73
<PAGE> 75

participant in the SRIP at his death and his surviving spouse is receiving a
survivor benefit under the SRIP.

The SRIP provides participants with a retirement annuity commencing at
"normal retirement age" equal to 50% of the participant's "final average
earnings", offset by benefits payable pursuant to the Company's Qualified Plan
and Social Security. For purposes of the SRIP, "normal retirement age" is
defined as age 62, "final average earnings" is defined as the average "annual
earnings" for a participant's highest five-consecutive years of the last ten
years immediately preceding retirement and "annual earnings" is defined as the
sum of a participant's base salary plus annual bonus (excluding amounts payable
under the LTPP and the PSAR Plan) paid or payable for a calendar year, including
elective deferrals (see "Base Salary" and "Bonus" columns in the Summary
Compensation table).

The following table illustrates the estimated projected annual pension
payable for the Named Executive Officers (excluding Mr. Longenecker) under the
Company's Qualified Plan and the SRIP commencing at "normal retirement age".

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PROJECTED ANNUAL RETIREMENT
BENEFITS AT NORMAL
RETIREMENT
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION AGE($)(1)(2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------
<S> <C>
Keith W. Hughes
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.............................. $814,990
Reece A. Overcash, Jr.
Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer(3).................... 459,988
Joseph M. McQuillan
Vice Chairman..................................................... 300,780
Harold D. Marshall
Vice Chairman..................................................... 407,731
James E. Jack
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer....... 208,114
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Projected annual retirement benefits reflect the total amount payable to the
Named Executive Officer commencing at normal retirement age pursuant to the
SRIP and the Company's Qualified Plan (on a combined basis), and are subject
to offset by the Officer's Social Security benefits.

(2) Annual retirement benefits are determined by projecting current "final
average earnings" for each Named Executive Officer, other than Mr. Jack, to
the Officer's normal retirement age at 6% per annum, compounded annually.
The normal form of benefit is a single life annuity for the life of the
Named Executive Officer.

(3) Mr. Overcash died on January 17, 1995, and a survivor benefit commenced to
his spouse as of February 1, 1995 in the amount set forth above, payable for
the life of Mr. Overcash's spouse (see footnote 11 to the Summary
Compensation table).

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

It is anticipated that directors who do not receive compensation as
officers or employees of the Company or any of its affiliates will be paid an
annual board membership fee of $25,000, an attendance fee of $1,000 for each
meeting of the board of directors, and an annual membership fee of $5,000 for
service on any committee of the board of directors. The Company does not pay any
additional compensation to directors who receive compensation as officers or
employees of the Company or any of its affiliates.

EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND TERMINATION, SEVERANCE AND CHANGE-IN-CONTROL
ARRANGEMENTS

EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS

The Company has entered into individual employment contracts with twenty
senior executives, including each Named Executive Officer (individually, an
"Employment Agreement" and collectively,

74
<PAGE> 76

the "Employment Agreements"). The terms of the Employment Agreements for all
Named Executive Officers, other than Mr. Overcash, are substantially identical
(except for commencement dates) and are summarized in the following paragraphs.
The terms of the Employment Agreements covering senior executives who are not
Named Executive Officers are substantially identical to the Employment
Agreements described below (except for commencement dates). The relevant death
benefits provisions of Mr. Overcash's Employment Agreement are summarized in
footnote 11 to the Summary Compensation table.

The term of each Employment Agreement is three years. For Messrs. Jack and
Longenecker, the three-year term commenced on September 13, 1995. However, Mr.
Jack retired as an officer of the Company in March 1996. For Messrs. Hughes,
McQuillan and Marshall, the three-year term commenced on November 16, 1995.

Each Employment Agreement provides for certain cash and non-cash
compensation, including current base salaries for Messrs. Hughes, McQuillan,
Marshall and Longenecker of $440,000, $320,000, $347,000 and $219,000,
respectively. Each Named Executive Officer is required to execute the Company's
standard confidentiality, conflict of interest and proprietary information
agreement. Furthermore, the Named Executive Officer agrees not to solicit,
during the twelve month period following the termination of the Officer's
employment, any Company employee to leave employment with the Company.

The Company may terminate a Named Executive Officer at any time with
fifteen days' prior written notice, with or without "cause" (as defined in each
Employment Agreement). If the Company terminates a Named Executive Officer for
cause, the Company's obligations under the Employment Agreement cease. If the
Company terminates a Named Executive Officer other than for "cause", the Named
Executive Officer will continue to receive, for the duration of the term of the
Employment Agreement, (i) a monthly base salary, (ii) the annual payments under
the Company's Corporate Annual Performance Plan (the "CAPP") and the LTPP based
on average performance over the three performance periods immediately preceding
the annual payment and (iii) life, medical, dental and disability coverage. The
Named Executive Officer will also receive an amount payable as if credit were
given under the Company's retirement plans for service through the end of the
employment term. The right to termination benefits described in the preceding
sentences shall cease if the board of directors determines that the Named
Executive Officer, either before or after termination of employment, directly or
indirectly competed with the Company or any affiliate or engaged in any activity
adverse to the best interests of the Company or any affiliate.

In the event of a Named Executive Officer's "permanent disability" (as
defined in the Company's long-term disability plan), the Named Executive Officer
shall continue to receive a monthly base salary plus the bonuses referred to in
subsection (ii) of the preceding paragraph for six months after the
determination of permanent disability or, if later, the end of the employment
term, reduced by any amounts received through any disability or salary
continuation plan or program provided by the Company. If a Named Executive
Officer's employment terminates due to death during the employment term, the
Named Executive Officer's estate or designated beneficiary shall continue to
receive compensation equal to the Named Executive Officer's base salary plus the
bonuses referred to in subsection (ii) of the preceding paragraph for one year
following the Named Executive Officer's date of death, or, if later, the end of
the employment term.

The Company intends to amend the Employment Agreements for active executive
officers prior to or after the completion of the Offerings to provide subsequent
one-year renewals, add a covenant not to compete and provide that if a
termination for other than for "cause" occurs or a "change-in-control" of the
Company occurs which results in the Company either actually or "constructively"
terminating a Named Executive Officer other than for "cause" (as such terms will
be defined in the

75
<PAGE> 77

Employment Agreements) within 12 months, the Named Executive Officer shall
receive the following severance benefits, in lieu of continuing salary and
annual payments:

(i) A cash severance payment equal to the sum of (i) the Named Executive
Officer's base salary then in effect multiplied by 3 if the Named
Executive Officer is one of the designated top three executive officers
of the Company, or by 2, for all other Named Executive Officers, plus
(ii) the average of the bonuses paid to the Named Executive Officer
under the CAPP during each of the three years immediately preceding the
year of termination multiplied by the base salary multiple determined
in (i) above, plus (iii) a pro rata portion, based on the portion of
the current performance year preceding termination, equal to the
average of the Named Executive Officer's bonuses under the CAPP and
LTPP during each of the three years preceding the year of termination.

(ii) All outstanding awards granted to the Named Executive Officer pursuant
to the Associates First Capital Corporation Long-Term Equity
Compensation Plan (the "ECP") shall become 100% vested.

(iii) Coverage shall be provided under life, medical, dental and disability
plans for the number of years equal to the base salary multiple
determined above with regard to the Named Executive Officer's base
salary cash severance payment. Coverage will terminate earlier,
however, if the Named Executive Officer becomes covered by similar
coverage provided by a successor employer.

(iv) The Named Executive Officer's accrued benefits under the EBP and/or the
SRIP shall become 100% vested.

(v) The Named Executive Officer shall also receive distribution of his
account balance under the Associates First Capital Corporation Equity
Deferred Plan (the "EDP").

A "change-in-control" of the Company means any of the following:

(i) Any merger, consolidation or similar combination with or involving
the Company, as of the date of the conclusion of such event, other than
a merger, consolidation or similar combination of the Company with Ford
or any of its affiliates.

(ii) Any transaction or series of transactions that results in the sale or
divestiture of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, as of
the conclusion of such transaction or series of transactions.

(iii) Any capital reorganization, transaction or series of transactions
that results in Ford and its affiliates owning common stock of the
Company having less than 50% of the combined voting power of the
outstanding capital stock of the Company, as of the date of the
conclusion of such reorganization, transaction or series of
transactions.

(iv) The successful completion of a public offering, or distribution to
the public by dividend or spinoff, that results in Ford and its
affiliates owning Common Stock of the Company having less than 50% of
the combined voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the
Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, total compensation paid to a Named Executive
Officer as a result of a change-in-control shall not exceed 2.99 times the
average of the Named Executive Officer's "Annualized Includable
Compensation for Base Period," as defined in Section 280G(d)(1) of the
Internal Revenue Code, during the five years preceding the termination.

ADDITIONAL MATERIAL EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION PLANS AND AGREEMENTS

In addition to the Employment Agreements and retirement benefits described
above, the Company sponsors material compensation plans and arrangements
covering certain designated

76
<PAGE> 78

employees, including the Named Executive Officers. These material compensation
plans and arrangements are described below.

CORPORATE ANNUAL PERFORMANCE PLAN

The Company sponsors an annual bonus plan, the CAPP, covering the Named
Executive Officers and other executives of the Company. The payments reported in
the "Bonus" column of the Summary Compensation table are paid to the Named
Executive Officers pursuant to the CAPP. The performance period for determining
awards under the CAPP is the Company's fiscal year ending December 31. Bonuses
under the CAPP are generally paid during December of each fiscal year.

The CAPP is administered by the Executive Committee of the board of
directors. After the completion of the Offerings, the CAPP will be administered
by the Compensation Committee. The administrator of the CAPP is responsible for
annually establishing performance goals under the CAPP.

CAPP bonuses for a fiscal year are determined based on the performance of
the Company, the business unit in which a participant is employed and the
participant, personally. A bonus pool is created based on the relative
performance of the Company in achieving a profit target established for the
fiscal year. The bonus pool is allocated among eligible participants based on
the performance of a business unit in achieving targeted objectives for the
fiscal year and the performance of a participant in achieving individual
performance objectives.

To receive an award under the CAPP, a participant must remain in the employ
of the Company or its affiliates through the date awards are payable. However, a
participant whose employment with the Company or its affiliates terminates
during a fiscal year due to the participant's death, disability or retirement
(as defined) shall remain eligible to receive a portion of the award otherwise
payable to the participant, in proportion to the period of the fiscal year the
participant was employed. In addition, the administrator of the CAPP retains the
right, exercisable in its reasonable discretion, to approve payment of an award
to a participant whose employment terminates prior to the date awards are
payable for reasons other than death, disability or retirement. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, a participant forfeits the right to receive an award under the
CAPP for a fiscal year during which, prior to the date awards are payable under
the CAPP, the participant either (i) directly or indirectly competes with the
Company or any affiliate, or (ii) divulges any trade secrets, methods, processes
or other proprietary or confidential information of the Company or any affiliate
without the consent of the Company.

Awards under the CAPP are payable in a lump sum cash payment unless a
participant has elected to defer receipt of all or a specified portion of an
award for a fiscal year. A deferred award earns interest based on a
participant's election of one of two interest rate indices. A deferred CAPP
award is generally payable in the manner selected by the participant.

LONG-TERM PERFORMANCE PLAN

The Company sponsors a long-term cash incentive plan, the LTPP, covering
the Named Executive Officers and other executives of the Company. The payments
reported in the "LTIP Payouts" column of the Summary Compensation table include
awards paid to the Named Executive Officers pursuant to the LTPP. The
performance period for the LTPP is the Company's then current fiscal year and
the three immediately preceding fiscal years. Awards under the LTPP are
determined annually for the relevant four-year performance period during
December of each fiscal year and paid in that December.

The LTPP is administered by the Executive Committee of the board of
directors. Following the completion of the Offerings, the LTPP will be
administered by the Compensation Committee. The administrator of the LTPP is
responsible for establishing performance goals under the LTPP.

77
<PAGE> 79

LTPP awards are determined for a performance period based on the success of
the Company in achieving a target level of profits established for each year of
the performance period, with such annual performance then averaged for the
performance period. An award pool is then created based on the performance of
the Company for the four-year performance period and the award pool is allocated
among eligible participants based on the performance of a business unit and the
performance of a participant in achieving individual performance objectives.

To receive an award under the LTPP, a participant must remain in the employ
of the Company or its affiliates through the date awards are payable. However, a
participant whose employment with the Company or its affiliates terminates
during a fiscal year due to the participant's death, disability or retirement
(as defined) shall remain eligible to receive a portion of the award otherwise
payable to the participant, in proportion to the period of the performance
period the participant was employed. In addition, the administrator of the LTPP
retains the right, exercisable in its reasonable discretion, to approve payment
of an award to a participant whose employment terminates prior to the date
awards are payable for reasons other than death, disability or retirement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a participant forfeits the right to receive an
award under the LTPP for a fiscal year during which, prior to the date awards
are payable under the LTPP, the participant either (i) directly or indirectly
competes with the Company or any affiliate, or (ii) divulges any trade secrets,
methods, processes or other proprietary or confidential information of the
Company or any affiliate without the consent of the Company.

Awards under the LTPP are payable in a lump sum cash payment unless a
participant has elected to defer receipt of all or a specified portion of an
award for a fiscal year. A deferred award earns interest based on a
participant's election of one of two interest rate indices. A deferred LTPP
award is generally payable in the manner selected by the participant.

PHANTOM STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT PLAN

The Company sponsored a long-term cash plan, the PSAR Plan, which covered
the Named Executive Officers and other executives of the Company. The Company
terminated the PSAR Plan as of December 31, 1995. The payments reported in the
"LTIP Payouts" column of the Summary Compensation table include awards paid to
the Named Executive Officers pursuant to the PSAR Plan.

A PSAR granted under the PSAR Plan entitled the holder to receive from the
Company, upon the exercise of such PSAR, an amount in cash (less required tax
withholding) equal to the amount by which the "Phantom Share Price" of a phantom
share of stock of Ford Financial Services Group ("Ford FSG") on the exercise
date exceeded the "Base Share Price" of such PSAR, multiplied by the number of
PSARs exercised. The Phantom Share Price and the Base Share Price were
determined pursuant to a formula set forth in the PSAR Plan which was based on
Ford FSG's profits for the four most recent calendar quarters, a price/earnings
ratio determined for comparable companies and the total number of PSARs
established under the PSAR Plan. A PSAR had a term of five years and vested 100%
on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

The Company has terminated the PSAR Plan, effective as of December 31,
1995, and has cashed out all outstanding PSARs. The amount paid for each
outstanding PSAR equaled the sum of (i) the amount by which the Phantom Share
Price of a PSAR on December 31, 1995 exceeded the Base Share Price of such PSAR,
plus (ii) the present value, determined pursuant to a modified Black-Scholes
option pricing model, of the estimated foregone future appreciation of the PSAR
for the period of January 1, 1996 through the last day of the term of the PSAR.

Except as provided in the immediately following paragraph, amounts payable
in satisfaction of outstanding PSARs were paid in a lump sum cash payment,
unless a participant had elected to defer receipt of all or a specified portion
of such cash payment. The deferred payment earns interest based on a
participant's election of one of two interest rate indices. A deferred PSAR
payment is generally payable in the manner selected by the participant.

78
<PAGE> 80

The Company also amended the PSAR Plan so as to require Named Executive
Officers and certain other officers of the Company (all of whom were granted
PSARs in 1995) to defer one-half of the amount payable in satisfaction of their
respective PSARs granted in 1995. The amounts so deferred are being administered
by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Associates First Capital
Corporation Equity Deferral Plan (the "EDP").

EQUITY DEFERRAL PLAN

The EDP covers the Named Executive Officers and certain other officers of
the Company (approximately 20 participants). The Company adopted the EDP in
connection with the termination of the PSAR Plan and the requirement that these
EDP participants defer one-half of the amount payable in satisfaction of their
PSARs granted in 1995. The objective is for these participants to have the
amount so deferred be deemed to be invested in shares of Class A Common Stock.
The EDP will govern the manner in which these deferred amounts are administered
and paid out.

The EDP is administered by a committee appointed by the board of directors.
Following the completion of the Offerings, the EDP will be administered by the
Compensation Committee.

Amounts deferred pursuant to the EDP will be credited to individual
unfunded accounts (the "EDP Accounts") which will earn interest at the prime
rate of interest, as determined from time to time, from the date the amounts so
deferred would otherwise be distributed to the participants upon termination of
the PSAR Plan to the first date on which the Company issues its Class A Common
Stock pursuant to the Offerings (the "Closing Date") or the termination of
employment of the participant for any reason prior to the Closing Date. On the
Closing Date, EDP Accounts will be deemed to be invested in the number of shares
of Class A Common Stock determined by dividing (i) such EDP Account balance, by
(ii) the price of one share of Class A Common Stock under the Offerings.
Dividends paid on Class A Common Stock thereafter will be credited to
participants and will be deemed to be reinvested in additional shares of Class A
Common Stock.

A participant's EDP Account may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned
or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, except by will or by the laws of
intestate succession. In general, EDP Accounts will be distributed on the
earlier of (i) the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date or (ii) the
participant's termination of employment for any reason, in cash, reduced by
applicable withholding of taxes, based on the closing price of the Company's
Class A Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the trading day preceding
such date, and the EDP Account will terminate. See "Employment Contracts and
Termination, Severance and Change-in-Control Arrangements -- Employment
Contracts". The EDP will terminate when no EDP Accounts are outstanding. The
board of directors may, from time to time, terminate, amend or modify the EDP;
provided, however, that no such amendment, modification or termination may
materially adversely affect a participant without the participant's consent.

EXECUTIVE DEFERRED SALARY PLAN

The Company sponsors a deferred salary plan, the Associates First Capital
Corporation Executive Deferred Salary Plan (the "EDSP"), covering the Named
Executive Officers and other executives of the Company. Pursuant to the EDSP, a
participant may elect to defer up to thirty-five percent of the participant's
base salary. The amount deferred is deducted from the participant's wages each
pay period. Elections under the EDSP to defer base salary are made annually
prior to the commencement of each year. A deferred salary amount earns interest
based on a participant's election of one of two interest rate indices. A salary
deferral is generally payable in the manner selected by the participant.

The EDSP is administered by a Committee appointed by the board of
directors. Following the completion of the Offerings, the EDSP will be
administered by the Compensation Committee.

Certain senior executives of the Company, including Named Executive
Officers, have also been participants in similar deferred compensation plans,
the Associates Corporation of North America

79
<PAGE> 81

Deferred Compensation Unit Plan Agreement and/or Executive Incentive Plan. These
plans are administered by a Committee appointed by the board of directors. After
the completion of the Offerings, these plans will be administered by the
Compensation Committee. These plans are frozen to new participants and have been
replaced by the EDSP and CAPP. For participants in these frozen plans, their
accounts continue to be active even though new deferrals are not permitted. As
under the EDSP, a deferral under these frozen plans earns interest based on a
participant's election of one of two interest rate indices. A deferral is
generally payable in the manner selected by the participant.

LONG-TERM EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN

The Company sponsors a stock-based incentive plan, the ECP, covering the
Named Executive Officers and other executives of the Company. The Company
adopted the ECP in 1996 prior to the Offerings. Awards granted under the ECP are
based on shares of Class A Common Stock.

The ECP is administered by a committee appointed by the board of directors.
After the completion of the Offerings, the ECP will be administered by the
Compensation Committee. The ECP provides for the grant of incentive and
nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock,
performance shares and performance units (individually, an "Award" or
collectively, "Awards"). Only officers or certain salaried employees of the
Company with potential to contribute to the future success of the Company or its
subsidiaries will be eligible to receive Awards under the ECP (initially
approximately 800 employees). The administrator of the ECP has the discretion to
select the employees to whom Awards will be granted, to determine the type, size
and terms and conditions applicable to each Award and the authority to
interpret, construe and implement the provisions of the ECP. The administrator's
decisions will be binding.

The total number of shares of Class A Common Stock that may be subject to
Awards under the ECP is 6% of all outstanding Common Stock as of the tenth
business day following the Closing Date, or approximately 20,789,090 shares,
including Awards granted prior to the Offerings and subject to adjustment as
provided in the ECP. No more than 400,000 shares of Class A Common Stock may be
subject to stock options, with or without any related stock appreciation rights,
or stand alone stock appreciation rights, awarded to any individual participant
under the ECP in any one calendar year. Class A Common Stock issued under the
ECP may be either authorized but unissued shares (subject to a maximum limit of
169,630 shares), treasury shares or any combination thereof. Any shares of Class
A Common Stock in addition to 169,630 shares to be issued as Awards under the
ECP or pursuant to Awards granted under the ECP will be obtained by the Company
either through forfeitures of shares of restricted stock (to the extent that
such shares are made available again for issuance under the ECP) or from
treasury shares (to the extent that the Company is permitted by applicable law
to acquire its own shares). In general, to the fullest extent permitted under
Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and Sections 422 and 162(m) of the Internal
Revenue Code, any shares of Class A Common Stock subject to an Award which
lapses, expires or is otherwise terminated without the issuance of such shares
may become available for new Awards.

80
<PAGE> 82

The Company intends to grant Awards to the active Named Executive Officers
and other selected participants which will be contingent on the successful
completion of the Offerings. The terms of the Awards will be set forth in award
agreements ("Award Agreements"). These Awards are summarized in the following
table and are described below:

ECP TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NO. OF
NONQUALIFIED
NO. OF SHARES OF STOCK OPTIONS
NAME AND POSITION RESTRICTED STOCK WITH TANDEM SARS(1)
- -------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Keith W. Hughes
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.................. 51,730 249,900
Joseph M. McQuillan
Vice Chairman......................................... 17,250 86,180
Harold D. Marshall
Vice Chairman......................................... 17,250 86,180
Chester D. Longenecker
Executive Vice President and General Counsel.......... 5,180 30,170
All Executive Officers as a Group (including those
listed above)......................................... 169,630 857,470
Non-Employee Directors 0 0
All Other Employees as a Group.......................... 0 1,560,830
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) The Company intends to grant these options with an exercise price equal to
the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus.

The principal terms of the Awards Agreements are as follows:

(i) An Award will be granted to each active Named Executive Officer
and to approximately 15 other officers which will consist of shares of
Restricted Stock and Tandem Option/SARs which will vest on the fifth
anniversary of the date of grant.

(ii) An Award will be granted to each active Named Executive Officer
and to a significantly larger group of eligible employees which will
consist of Tandem Option/SARs which will vest one-third on each of the
first three anniversaries of the date of grant.

Set forth below is a brief description of the Awards that may be granted
under the ECP:

Stock Options. Options (each an "Option") to purchase shares of Class A
Common Stock, which may be incentive or nonqualified stock options, may be
granted under the ECP at an exercise price (the "Option Price") determined by
the administrator of the ECP in its discretion, provided that the Option Price
may be no less than the closing trading price of the Class A Common Stock on the
New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant, except the initial grants
described above will be granted with an exercise price equal to the initial
public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. Each
Option represents the right to purchase one share of Class A Common Stock at the
specified Option Price.

Options will expire not later than 10 years after the date on which they
are granted and will become exercisable at such times and in such installments
as determined by the administrator of the ECP. Payment of the Option Price must
be made in full at the time of exercise in cash, certified or bank check. As
determined by the administrator of the ECP, payment in full or in part may also
be

81
<PAGE> 83

made by tendering to the Company shares of Class A Common Stock having a fair
market value equal to the Option Price (or such portion thereof). The Committee
may also allow a cashless exercise of such options.

Stock Appreciation Rights. An Award of a stock appreciation right ("SAR")
may be granted under the ECP with respect to shares of Class A Common Stock.
Generally, one SAR is granted with respect to one share of Class A Common Stock.
The SAR entitles the participant, upon the exercise of the SAR, to receive an
amount equal to the appreciation in the underlying share of Class A Common
Stock. The appreciation is equal to the difference between (i) the "base value"
of the SAR (which is determined with reference to the closing trading price of
the Class A Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the date the SAR is
granted), and (ii) the closing trading price of the Class A Common Stock on the
New York Stock Exchange on the date the SAR is exercised. Upon the exercise of a
vested SAR, the exercising participant will be entitled to receive the
appreciation in the value of one share of Class A Common Stock as so determined,
payable at the discretion of the participant in cash, shares of Class A Common
Stock, or some combination thereof, subject to the availability of shares of
Class A Common Stock to the Company.

SARs will expire not later than 10 years after the date on which they are
granted. SARs become exercisable at such times and in such installments as
determined by the administrator of the ECP; provided that currently no SAR may
be exercised by an individual who is subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange
Act except during the quarterly exercise window period allowable under Section
16(b).

Tandem Option/SARs. An Option and a SAR may be granted "in tandem" with
each other (a "Tandem Option/SAR"). An Option and an SAR are considered to be in
tandem with each other because the exercise of the Option aspect of the tandem
unit automatically cancels the right to exercise the SAR aspect of the tandem
unit, and vice versa. The Option may be an incentive stock option or a
nonqualified stock option, and the Option may be coupled with one SAR, more than
one SAR or a fractional SAR in any proportionate relationship selected by the
Compensation Committee. Descriptions of the terms of the Option and the SAR
aspects of a Tandem Option/SAR are provided above.

Restricted Stock. An Award of restricted stock ("Restricted Stock") is an
Award of Class A Common Stock that is subject to such restrictions as the
administrator of the ECP deems appropriate, including forfeiture conditions and
restrictions against transfer for a period specified by the administrator of the
ECP. Restricted Stock Awards may be granted under the ECP for services and/or
payment of cash. Restrictions on Restricted Stock may lapse in installments
based on factors selected by the administrator of the ECP. Prior to the
expiration of the restricted period, except as and only if provided by the
administrator of the ECP, a grantee who has received a Restricted Stock Award
generally has the rights of a stockholder of the Company, including the right to
vote and to receive cash dividends on the shares subject to the Award. Stock
dividends issued with respect to a Restricted Stock Award may be treated as
additional shares under such Award and may be subject to the same restrictions
and other terms and conditions that apply to the shares with respect to which
such dividends are issued.

Performance Shares and Performance Units. A performance share Award (a
"Performance Share") and/or a performance unit Award (a "Performance Unit") may
be granted under the ECP. Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that
is established by the administrator of the ECP at the time of grant. Each
Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the closing trading price
of one share of Class A Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the date
of grant. Such Awards may be earned based upon satisfaction of certain specified
performance criteria, subject to such other terms and conditions as the
administrator of the ECP deems appropriate. Performance objectives will be
established before, or as soon as practicable after, the commencement of the
performance period during which performance will be measured (the "Performance
Period") and may be based on net earnings, operating earnings or income, net
income, absolute and/or relative return on equity, capital invested or assets,
earnings per share, cash flow, profits, earnings growth,

82
<PAGE> 84

revenue growth, comparisons to peer companies, share price, total shareholder
return, economic value added, expense reduction, customer satisfaction, any
combination of the foregoing and/or such other measures, including individual
measures of performance, as the administrator of the ECP deems appropriate.
Prior to the end of a Performance Period, the administrator of the ECP, in its
discretion, may adjust the performance objectives to reflect an event that may
materially affect the performance of the Company, including, but not limited to,
market conditions or a significant acquisition or disposition of assets or other
property by the Company. The extent to which a grantee is entitled to payment in
settlement of such an Award at the end of the Performance Period will be
determined by the administrator of the ECP, in its sole discretion, based on
whether the performance criteria have been met and payment will be made in cash
or in shares of Class A Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the
applicable Award Agreements.

Additional Information. Under the ECP, if there is any change in the
capitalization of the Company, a corporate transaction, a reorganization or a
partial liquidation of the Company, such proportionate adjustments as may be
necessary (in the form determined by the administrator of the ECP) to reflect
such change will be made to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights with
respect to the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which
Awards in respect thereof may be granted under the ECP, the number of shares of
Class A Common Stock covered by each outstanding Award and the price per share
in respect thereof. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, an
individual's rights under the ECP may not be assigned or transferred (except in
the event of death). An individual's rights under the ECP are subject to
forfeiture for competitive activity or activity that is inimical to the best
interest of the Company.

The ECP will remain in effect until terminated by the board of directors
and thereafter until all Awards granted thereunder are satisfied by the issuance
of shares of Class A Common Stock and/or the payment of cash or the ECP is
otherwise terminated pursuant to the terms of the ECP or under any Award
Agreements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Awards may be granted under the
ECP after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the ECP. The board of
directors may at any time terminate, modify or amend the ECP; provided, however,
that no such amendment, modification or termination may materially adversely
affect an optionee's or grantee's rights under any Award theretofore granted
under the ECP, except with the consent of such optionee or grantee, and no such
amendment or modification will be effective unless and until the same is
approved by the shareholders of the Company when such shareholder approval is
required to comply with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, or other applicable
law, regulation or stock exchange rule. Rule 16b-3 currently requires
shareholder approval if the amendment would, among other things, materially
increase the benefits accruing to optionees or grantees under the ECP.

Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of Awards. Certain of the federal
income tax consequences to ECP participants and the Company of Awards granted
under the ECP are generally set forth in the following summary.

An employee to whom an Option which is an incentive stock option ("ISO")
that qualifies under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code is granted will
not recognize income at the time of grant or exercise of such Option. No federal
income tax deduction will be allowable to the Company upon the grant or exercise
of such ISO. However, upon the exercise of an ISO, any excess in the fair market
price of the Class A Common Stock over the Option Price constitutes a tax
preference item that may have alternative minimum tax consequences for the
employee. When the employee sells such shares more than 1 year after the date of
transfer of such shares and more than 2 years after the date of grant of such
ISO, the employee will normally recognize a long-term capital gain or loss equal
to the difference, if any, between the sale prices of such shares and the
aggregate Option Price and the Company will not be entitled to a federal income
tax deduction with respect to the exercise of the ISO or the sale of such
shares. If the employee does not hold such shares for the required period, when
the employee sells such shares, the employee will recognize ordinary
compensation income and possibly capital gain or loss in such amounts as are
prescribed by the

83
<PAGE> 85

Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder and the Company will
generally be entitled to a federal income tax deduction in the amount of such
ordinary compensation income.

An employee to whom an Option which is a nonqualified stock option ("NSO")
is granted will not recognize income at the time of grant of such Option. When
the employee exercises such NSO, the employee will recognize ordinary
compensation income equal to the difference, if any, between the Option Price
paid and the fair market value, as of the date of Option exercise, of the shares
of Class A Common Stock the employee receives. The tax basis of such shares to
such employee will be equal to the Option Price paid plus the amount includible
in the employee's gross income, and the employee's holding period for such
shares will commence on the date of exercise. Subject to the applicable
provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and regulations thereunder, the Company
will generally be entitled to a federal income tax deduction in respect of an
NSO in an amount equal to the ordinary compensation income recognized by the
employee upon the exercise of the NSO.

OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

Ford beneficially owns 100% of the common stock of the Company outstanding
prior to the Offerings. Upon completion of the Offerings, Ford will beneficially
own 100% of the outstanding Class B Common Stock and 26.1% of the outstanding
Class A Common Stock and, accordingly, will in the aggregate own Common Stock
representing 80.7% of the economic interest in the Company and representing
95.1% of the combined voting power of the Company's outstanding Common Stock.
See "Relationship with Ford".

The principal executive offices of Ford are located at The American Road,
Dearborn, MI 48121.

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of the Offerings, the Company will have 90,603,669 shares
of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding and 255,881,180 shares of Class B
Common Stock issued and outstanding. All of the shares of Class A Common Stock
to be sold in the Offerings will be freely tradeable without restrictions or
further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased
by an "affiliate" of the Company (as that term is defined in Rule 144 adopted
under the Securities Act ("Rule 144")), which will be subject to the resale
limitations of Rule 144. Immediately prior to the Closing Date, all of the
outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock and 23,603,669 shares of Class A
Common Stock will be beneficially owned by Ford and will not have been
registered under the Securities Act and may not be sold in the absence of an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act other than in
accordance with Rule 144 or another exemption from registration. Ford has
certain rights to require the Company to effect registration of shares of Common
Stock owned by Ford, which rights may be assigned. See "Relationship with
Ford -- Corporate Agreement".

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are required to be aggregated) who has beneficially owned shares of
Common Stock for at least two years, including a person who may be deemed an
"affiliate", is entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of
shares that does not exceed the greater of 1 percent of the total number of
shares of the class of stock being sold or the average weekly reported trading
volume of the class of stock being sold during the four calendar weeks preceding
such sale. A person who is not deemed an "affiliate" of the Company at any time
during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned shares
for at least three years is entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144 without
regard to the volume limitations described above. As defined in Rule 144, an
"affiliate" of an issuer is a person that directly or indirectly through the use
of one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by, or is under common
control with, such issuer. Rule 144A under the Securities Act ("Rule 144A")
provides a non-exclusive safe harbor exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act for specified resales of restricted
securities to certain institutional investors. In general, Rule 144A allows
unregistered resales of restricted securities to a "qualified institutional

84
<PAGE> 86

buyer", which generally includes an entity, acting for its own account or for
the account of other qualified institutional buyers, that in the aggregate owns
or invests at least $100 million in securities of unaffiliated issuers. Rule
144A does not extend an exemption to the offer or sale of securities that, when
issued, were of the same class as securities listed on a national securities
exchange or quoted on an automated quotation system. The shares of Class B
Common Stock outstanding as of the date of this Prospectus would be eligible for
resale under Rule 144A because such shares, when issued, were not of the same
class as any listed or quoted securities. The foregoing summary of Rule 144 and
Rule 144A is not intended to be a complete description thereof.

Prior to the Offerings, there has been no market for the Class A Common
Stock, and no prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sales
of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, or the availability of such
shares for sale, will have on the market price of the Class A Common Stock
prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of
Class B Common Stock or the shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by
Ford in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could
adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Class A Common Stock offered
in the Offerings.

Although Ford in the future may effect or direct sales or other
dispositions of Common Stock that would reduce its beneficial ownership interest
in the Company, Ford has advised the Company that its current intent is to
continue to hold all of the Common Stock beneficially owned by it following the
Offerings. However, Ford is not subject to any contractual obligation to retain
its controlling interest except that Ford has agreed not to sell or otherwise
dispose of any shares of Common Stock for a period of 180 days after the date of
this Prospectus without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. As a
result, there can be no assurance concerning the period of time during which
Ford will maintain its beneficial ownership of Common Stock owned by it
following the Offerings. See "Underwriting". Beneficial ownership of at least
80% of the total voting power and value of the outstanding Common Stock is
required in order for Ford to continue to include the Company in its
consolidated group for federal income tax purposes, and beneficial ownership of
at least 80% of the total voting power and 80% of each class of nonvoting
capital stock is required in order for Ford to be able to effect a Tax-Free
Spin-Off or certain other tax-free transactions. See "Relationship with Ford".

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

GENERAL

The authorized capital stock of the Company will consist of (i)
1,150,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock and 400,000,000 shares of Class B
Common Stock and (ii) 50,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per
share, none of which is outstanding as of the date hereof. Of the 1,150,000,000
shares of Class A Common Stock, 23,603,669 shares will be issued to Ford in
connection with the Foreign Subsidiaries Recontribution, 67,000,000 shares are
being offered in the Offerings, 255,881,180 shares will be reserved for issuance
upon conversion of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock and 169,630
shares have been reserved for issuance pursuant to certain employee benefit
plans. See "Management -- Additional Material Employee Compensation Plans and
Agreements -- Long-Term Equity Compensation Plan". Of the 400,000,000 shares of
Class B Common Stock, 255,881,180 shares will be outstanding and held by Ford or
one or more of its subsidiaries, including FFSG, on the Closing Date. A
description of the material terms and provisions of the Company's Restated
Certificate of Incorporation affecting the relative rights of the Class A Common
Stock, the Class B Common Stock and the Preferred Stock is set forth below. The
following description of the capital stock of the Company is intended as a
summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the form of the
Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part and to Delaware corporate law.

85
<PAGE> 87

COMMON STOCK

VOTING RIGHTS. The holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock
generally have identical rights except that holders of Class A Common Stock are
entitled to one vote per share while holders of Class B Common Stock are
entitled to five votes per share on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.
Holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are not
entitled to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Generally, all
matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority (or, in
the case of election of directors, by a plurality) of the votes entitled to be
cast by all shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock present in
person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class, subject to
any voting rights granted to holders of any Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise
provided by law, and subject to any voting rights granted to holders of any
outstanding Preferred Stock, amendments to the Company's Restated Certificate of
Incorporation must be approved by a majority of the combined voting power of all
of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, voting together as a single
class. However, amendments to the Company's Restated Certificate of
Incorporation that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special
rights of the Class A Common Stock or the Class B Common Stock so as to affect
them adversely also must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be
cast by the holders of the shares affected by the amendment, voting as a
separate class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment to the Company's
Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase or decrease the authorized
shares of any class shall be approved upon the affirmative vote of the holders
of a majority of the Common Stock, voting together as a single class.

DIVIDENDS. Holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will
share ratably in any dividend declared by the board of directors, subject to any
preferential rights of any outstanding Preferred Stock. Dividends consisting of
shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock may be paid only as
follows: (i) shares of Class A Common Stock may be paid only to holders of
shares of Class A Common Stock, and shares of Class B Common Stock may be paid
only to holders of Class B Common Stock; and (ii) shares shall be paid
proportionally with respect to each outstanding share of Class A and Class B
Common Stock.

The Company may not subdivide or combine shares of either class of Common
Stock without at the same time proportionally subdividing or combining shares of
the other class.

CONVERSION. Each share of Class B Common Stock is convertible while held by
Ford, any of its subsidiaries or the Class B Transferee (as defined below), if
any, at the option of the holder thereof into one share of Class A Common Stock.
Following the occurrence of a Tax-Free Spin-Off, if any, shares of Class B
Common Stock shall not be convertible into shares of Class A Common Stock at the
option of the holder thereof.

Except as provided below, any shares of Class B Common Stock transferred to
a person other than Ford or any of its subsidiaries or the Class B Transferee or
any of its subsidiaries shall automatically convert to shares of Class A Common
Stock upon such disposition. Shares of Class B Common Stock representing more
than a 50% economic interest in the Company transferred by Ford or any of its
subsidiaries in a single transaction to one unrelated person (the "Class B
Transferee") or any subsidiary of the Class B Transferee shall not automatically
convert to shares of Class A Common Stock upon such disposition. Any shares of
Class B Common Stock retained by Ford or any of its subsidiaries following any
such disposition to the Class B Transferee shall automatically convert to shares
of Class A Common Stock upon such disposition. Shares of Class B Common Stock
transferred to stockholders of Ford or stockholders of the Class B Transferee as
a dividend intended to be a Tax-Free Spin-Off shall not convert to shares of
Class A Common Stock upon the occurrence of a Tax-Free Spin-Off. Following a
Tax-Free Spin-Off, shares of Class B

86
<PAGE> 88

Common Stock shall be transferable as Class B Common Stock, subject to
applicable laws; provided, however, that shares of Class B Common Stock shall
automatically convert into shares of Class A Common Stock on the fifth
anniversary of the Tax-Free Spin-Off, unless prior to such Tax-Free Spin-Off,
Ford or the Class B Transferee, as the case may be, delivers to the Company an
opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company (which, in the case of
Ford, shall include Ford's Chief Tax Officer) to the effect that such conversion
would preclude Ford or the Class B Transferee, as the case may be, from
obtaining a favorable ruling from the Internal Revenue Service that the
distribution would be a Tax-Free Spin-Off. If such an opinion is received,
approval of such conversion shall be submitted to a vote of the holders of the
Common Stock as soon as practicable after the fifth anniversary of the Tax-Free
Spin-Off unless Ford or the Class B Transferee, as the case may be, delivers to
the Company an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company (which,
in the case of Ford, shall include Ford's Chief Tax Officer) prior to such
anniversary that such vote would adversely affect the status of the Tax-Free
Spin-Off. Approval of such conversion will require the affirmative vote of the
holders of a majority of the shares of both the Class A Common Stock and Class B
Common Stock present and voting, voting together as a single class, with each
share entitled to one vote for such purpose. No assurance can be given that such
conversion would be consummated. The requirement to submit such conversion to a
vote of the holders of Common Stock is intended to ensure tax treatment of the
Tax-Free Spin-Off is preserved should the Internal Revenue Service challenge
such automatic conversion as violating the 80% vote requirement. Ford has no
current plans with respect to a Tax-Free Spin-Off of the Company.

All shares of Class B Common Stock shall automatically convert into Class A
Common Stock if a Tax-Free Spin-Off has not occurred and the number of
outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock beneficially owned by Ford or the
Class B Transferee, as the case may be, falls below 45% of the aggregate number
of outstanding shares of Common Stock. This will prevent Ford or the Class B
Transferee, as the case may be, from decreasing its economic interest in the
Company to less than 45% while still retaining control of more than 80% of the
Company's voting power. Automatic conversion of the Class B Common Stock into
Class A Common Stock if a Tax-Free Spin-Off has not occurred and Ford or the
Class B Transferee, as the case may be, decreases its economic interest in the
Company to less than 45% is intended to ensure that Ford or the Class B
Transferee, as the case may be, retains voting control by virtue of its
ownership of Class B Common Stock only if it has a substantial economic interest
in the Company. All conversions will be effected on a share-for-share basis.

OTHER RIGHTS. In the event of any merger or consolidation of the Company
with or into another company in connection with which shares of Common Stock are
converted into or exchangeable for shares of stock, other securities or property
(including cash), all holders of Common Stock, regardless of class, will be
entitled to receive the same kind and amount of shares of stock and other
securities and property (including cash).

On liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, after payment in
full of the amounts required to be paid to holders of Preferred Stock, if any,
all holders of Common Stock, regardless of class, are entitled to share ratably
in any assets available for distribution to holders of shares of Common Stock.

No shares of either class of Common Stock are subject to redemption or have
preemptive rights to purchase additional shares of Common Stock. However, see
"Relationship with Ford -- Corporate Agreement" with respect to certain rights
of Ford to purchase additional shares of Common Stock.

Upon consummation of the Offerings, all the outstanding shares of Class A
Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will be legally issued, fully paid and
nonassessable.

PREFERRED STOCK

The Preferred Stock is issuable from time to time in one or more series and
with such designations and preferences for each series as shall be stated in the
resolutions providing for the

87
<PAGE> 89

designation and issue of each such series adopted by the board of directors of
the Company. The board of directors is authorized by the Company's Restated
Certificate of Incorporation to determine, among other things, the voting,
dividend, redemption, conversion and liquidation powers, rights and preferences
and the limitations thereon pertaining to such series. The board of directors,
without stockholder approval, may issue Preferred Stock with voting and other
rights that could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of the Common
Stock and could have certain anti-takeover effects. The Company has no present
plans to issue any shares of Preferred Stock. The ability of the board of
directors to issue Preferred Stock without stockholder approval could have the
effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company
or the removal of existing management.

CERTAIN CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES. The Company's Restated Certificate of
Incorporation will provide that: Ford shall have no duty to refrain from
engaging in the same or similar activities or lines of business as the Company,
and neither Ford nor any officer or director thereof (except as provided below)
shall be liable to the Company or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary
duty by reason of any such activities of Ford. In the event that Ford acquires
knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate
opportunity for both Ford and the Company, Ford shall have no duty to
communicate or offer such corporate opportunity to the Company and shall not be
liable to the Company or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty as a
stockholder of the Company by reason of the fact that Ford pursues or acquires
such corporate opportunity for itself, directs such corporate opportunity to
another person, or does not communicate information regarding such corporate
opportunity to the Company.

In the event that a director or officer of the Company who is also a
director or officer of Ford acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or
matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both the Company and Ford, such
director or officer of the Company shall have fully satisfied and fulfilled the
fiduciary duty of such director or officer to the Company and its stockholders
with respect to such corporate opportunity if such director or officer acts in a
manner consistent with the following policy:

(i) a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is an officer of
the Company, and who is also a director but not an officer of Ford, shall
belong to the Company;

(ii) a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is a director
but not an officer of the Company, and who is also a director or officer of
Ford, shall belong to the Company if such opportunity is expressly offered
to such person in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director of
the Company, and otherwise shall belong to Ford; and

(iii) a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is an officer
of both the Company and Ford shall belong to the Company if such
opportunity is expressly offered to such person in writing solely in his or
her capacity as an officer of the Company, and otherwise shall belong to
Ford.

For purposes of the foregoing:

(i) A director of the Company who is chairman of the board of
directors of the Company or of a committee thereof shall not be deemed to
be an officer of the Company by reason of holding such position (without
regard to whether such position is deemed an office of the Company under
the By-laws of the Company), unless such person is a full-time employee of
the Company; and

(ii) (A) The term "Company" shall mean the Company and all
corporations, partnerships, joint ventures, associations and other entities
in which the Company beneficially owns (directly or indirectly) fifty
percent or more of the outstanding voting stock, voting power, partnership

88
<PAGE> 90

interests or similar voting interests, and (B) the term "Ford" shall mean
Ford and all corporations, partnerships, joint ventures, associations and
other entities (other than the Company, defined in accordance with clause
(A) of this section (ii)) in which Ford beneficially owns (directly or
indirectly) fifty percent or more of the outstanding voting stock, voting
power, partnership interests or similar voting interests.

The foregoing provisions of the Company's Restated Certificate of
Incorporation shall expire on the date that Ford ceases to own beneficially
Common Stock representing at least 20% of the total voting power of all classes
of outstanding Common Stock and no person who is a director or officer of the
Company is also a director or officer of Ford or any of its subsidiaries (other
than the Company).

In addition to any vote of the stockholders required by the Company's
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, until the time that Ford ceases to own
beneficially Common Stock representing at least 20% of the total voting power of
all classes of outstanding Common Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of
more than 80% of the total voting power of all classes of outstanding Common
Stock shall be required to alter, amend or repeal in a manner adverse to the
interests of Ford and its subsidiaries (other than the Company), or adopt any
provision adverse to the interests of Ford and its subsidiaries (other than the
Company), and inconsistent with, the corporate opportunity provisions described
above. Accordingly, so long as Ford beneficially owns Common Stock representing
at least 20% of the total voting power of all classes of outstanding Common
Stock, it can prevent any such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption.

Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring Common Stock will be deemed to
have notice of, and to have consented to, the foregoing provisions of the
Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

PROVISIONS THAT MAY HAVE AN ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT. Certain provisions of the
Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws summarized below may
be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a
tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its
best interest, including attempts that might result in a premium being paid over
the market price for the shares held by stockholders.

The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that,
subject to any rights of holders of Preferred Stock to elect additional
directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors of the Company
will be not more than twelve nor less than three, with the exact number to be
fixed from time to time as provided in the By-laws. The By-laws will provide
that, subject to any rights of holders of Preferred Stock to elect additional
directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed
from time to time exclusively by resolution of the board of directors adopted by
the affirmative vote of directors constituting not less than a majority of the
total number of directors that the Company would have if there were no vacancies
on the Company's board of directors, but shall consist of not more than twelve
nor less than three directors. In addition, the Restated Certificate of
Incorporation and By-laws will provide that, subject to any rights of holders of
Preferred Stock, and unless the Company's board of directors otherwise
determines, any vacancies will be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the remaining members of the board of directors, though less than a quorum,
or by a sole remaining director; except as otherwise provided by law, any such
vacancy may not be filled by the stockholders.

The Company's By-laws will provide for an advance notice procedure for the
nomination, other than by or at the direction of the board of directors, of
candidates for election as directors as well as for other stockholder proposals
to be considered at annual meetings of stockholders. In general, notice of
intent to nominate a director or raise matters at such meetings will have to be
received in writing by the Company not less than 60 nor more than 90 days prior
to the anniversary of the previous year's annual meeting of stockholders, and
must contain certain information concerning the person to be nominated or the
matters to be brought before the meeting and concerning the stockholder
submitting the proposal. The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and
By-

89
<PAGE> 91

laws will also provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only
by certain specified officers of the Company or by any officer at the request in
writing of a majority of the board of directors; special meetings of
stockholders cannot be called by stockholders. In addition, the Company's
Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that any action required or
permitted to be taken by stockholders may be effected by written consent;
provided, however, that on and after the date on which neither Ford nor the
Class B Transferee continue to beneficially own 50% or more of the total voting
power of all classes of outstanding Common Stock, any action required or
permitted to be taken by stockholders may be effected only at a duly called
annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by a written
consent by stockholders in lieu of such a meeting.

The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation will also provide that
the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the total voting power of
all classes of outstanding Common Stock, voting together as a single class, is
required to amend, repeal or adopt any provision inconsistent with the foregoing
provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The Restated
Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws will further provide that the By-laws
may be altered, amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of directors
constituting not less than a majority of the entire board of directors (if
effected by action of the board of directors) or by the affirmative vote of the
holders of at least 75% of the total voting power of all classes of outstanding
capital stock, voting together as a single class (if effected by action of the
stockholders).

REGULATORY MATTERS. Because of the nature of the businesses in which the
Company operates, the acquisition of various amounts of its equity securities in
the Offerings may not be permitted without regulatory approval. While the
information below is not meant to be complete, set forth below are certain
principal regulatory thresholds.

The Company indirectly owns all of the shares of stock of insurance
companies domiciled in the states of Delaware, Indiana, Nevada, Tennessee and
Texas. The respective insurance laws of these states require prior approval by
the state's insurance commissioner of any acquisition of control of a domestic
insurance company or of any company which controls a domestic insurance company.
"Control" is presumed to exist through the ownership of 10% or more of the
voting securities of a domestic insurance company or of any company which
controls a domestic insurance company. Therefore, any person owning 10% or more
of the value of the outstanding Common Stock may, following the conversion of
some (and will following the conversion of all) of the Class B Common Stock into
Class A Common Stock , be presumed to have acquired control of the Company's
insurance subsidiaries unless the insurance commissioners of Delaware, Indiana,
Nevada, Tennessee and Texas, following application by such purchaser in each
such state, determine otherwise.

The United Kingdom's Insurance Companies Act 1982 requires the prior
approval by the Department of Trade and Industry of anyone proposing to become a
"controller" of an insurance company regulated under such Act. Any company or
individual that directly or indirectly exercises 10% or more of the voting power
at a general meeting of a regulated insurance company is considered a
"controller". Therefore, any person owning 10% or more of the value of the
outstanding Common Stock will, following any conversion of all of the Class B
Common Stock into Class A Common Stock, be a controller of the Company's U.K.
subsidiaries, Cumberland Insurance Company Limited and Cumberland Life Insurance
Co. Limited.

The Company indirectly owns all of the shares of stock of ANB and
Associates Investment, the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC. The
federal Change in Bank Control Act and the regulations issued thereunder require
that a person (including an individual) file a notice with the appropriate
federal bank regulatory agency prior to acquiring 10% or more of any class of
voting securities of a company that controls an insured depository institution
such as ANB or Associates Investment.

90
<PAGE> 92

The Company indirectly owns all of the shares of stock of licensed lenders
in the states of Georgia, Hawaii, Nevada and Virginia and in the Commonwealth of
Puerto Rico. The lender licensing laws of these states and Puerto Rico require
approval by the appropriate regulatory agency prior to any acquisition of
control of any company which controls a license. "Control" is presumed to exist
through the ownership of 10% or more (25% in Georgia and Virginia) of the voting
securities of a licensee or a company that controls a licensee. Therefore any
person owning 10% or more (25% in Georgia and Virginia) of the value of the
outstanding Common Stock will, following any conversion of all of the Class B
Common Stock into Class A Common Stock, be presumed to have acquired control of
the Company's licensed lenders in these jurisdictions unless the appropriate
regulatory agency determines otherwise.

SECTION 203 OF THE DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW

The Company is a Delaware corporation subject to Section 203 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law (the "Delaware Law"). Section 203 provides
that, subject to certain exceptions specified therein, a corporation shall not
engage in any business combination with any "interested stockholder" for a
three-year period following the time that such stockholder becomes an interested
stockholder unless (i) prior to such time, the board of directors of the
corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which
resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, (ii) upon
consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an
interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the
voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction
commenced (excluding certain shares) or (iii) on or subsequent to such time, the
business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation
and by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock
which is not owned by the interested stockholder. Except as specified in Section
203 of the Delaware Law, an interested stockholder is defined to include (x) any
person that is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the
corporation, or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the
owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, at any
time within three years immediately prior to the relevant date and (y) the
affiliates and associates of any such person. Under certain circumstances,
Section 203 of the Delaware Law makes it more difficult for an "interested
stockholder" to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a
three-year period, although the stockholders may elect to exclude a corporation
from the restrictions imposed thereunder. By virtue of its ownership of 15% or
more of the outstanding voting stock of the Company for more than a three-year
period, Ford and its subsidiaries are not themselves restricted from engaging in
a business combination with the Company pursuant to Section 203 of the Delaware
Law.

LIMITATIONS ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITY

The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that no
director of the Company shall be liable to the Company or its stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for
liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or
its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) in respect of
certain unlawful dividend payments or stock redemptions or repurchases or (iv)
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit. The effect of these provisions will be to eliminate the rights of the
Company and its stockholders (through stockholders' derivative suits on behalf
of the Company) to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of
fiduciary duty as a director (including breaches resulting from grossly
negligent behavior), except in the situations described above.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is First Chicago
Trust Company of New York.

91
<PAGE> 93

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

GENERAL

In connection with the funding of its operations, the Company and its
principal operating subsidiary, ACONA, each from time to time issue publicly and
privately held debt securities (the "Senior Debt"). At December 31, 1995, the
Company and its subsidiaries had an aggregate of $21.2 billion in Senior Debt
outstanding. The following is a brief summary of the material terms of such
Senior Debt.

MATURITIES AND INTEREST RATES

The Senior Debt has maturities ranging from 1996 to 2010 with interest
rates ranging from 2.66% to 13.75%.

COVENANTS

No provisions in the Senior Debt issued by the Company limit the amount of
other debt which may be issued by the Company or the amount of dividends or
other payments which may be paid with respect to, or the redemption or
acquisition of, its equity securities by the Company or its subsidiaries. Except
as otherwise set forth below, no terms of the Senior Debt issued by ACONA limit
the amount of other debt which may be issued by ACONA or the amount of dividends
or other payments which may be paid with respect to, or the redemption or
acquisition of, its equity securities by ACONA or its subsidiaries. Each
indenture governing the terms of ACONA's publicly issued Senior Debt contains a
covenant that neither ACONA nor any finance or insurance subsidiary of ACONA
will create or incur any mortgage, pledge, or charge of any kind on any of its
properties, except for: (i) intercompany mortgages or pledges from subsidiary to
parent corporation or to any other finance or insurance subsidiary; (ii)
purchase money liens or leases; (iii) acquisitions of subsidiaries, the physical
properties or assets of which are subject to liens; (iv) liens created in the
ordinary course of business by subsidiaries for money borrowed if such
subsidiaries operate in foreign countries or prior to becoming a subsidiary had
borrowed on a secured basis; (v) sale and leaseback arrangements upon any real
property; (vi) renewals or refundings of any of the foregoing; and (vii) certain
other minor exceptions. Each such indenture also contains a covenant restricting
certain transactions by ACONA or its subsidiaries with any affiliate.

A restriction contained in one bank term loan of ACONA, the maturity date
of which is January 6, 1997, limits the amount of receivables which ACONA may
have at any time from its affiliates to 7% of the gross receivables of ACONA. A
restriction contained in numerous revolving credit facilities of ACONA, the
final maturity date of which is April 1, 2001, requires ACONA to maintain a
tangible net worth of at least $1,500,000,000. A restriction, which is contained
in certain issues of Senior Debt having stated maturities no later than March
15, 1999, generally limits payments of dividends on ACONA's common stock in any
year to not more than 50% of consolidated net earnings for such year, subject to
certain exceptions.

92
<PAGE> 94

CERTAIN UNITED STATES TAX CONSEQUENCES
TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS

The following is a general discussion of certain United States federal
income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of Class A
Common Stock by a Non-U.S. Holder. For this purpose, a "Non-U.S. Holder" is any
person who is, for United States federal income tax purposes, a foreign
corporation, a non-resident alien individual, a foreign partnership or a foreign
estate or trust. This discussion does not address all aspects of United States
federal income and estate taxes and does not deal with foreign, state and local
consequences that may be relevant to such Non-U.S. Holders in light of their
personal circumstances. Furthermore, this discussion is based on provisions of
the Internal Revenue Code, existing and proposed regulations promulgated
thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, as of the
date hereof, all of which are subject to change (possibly with retroactive
effect). EACH PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK IS ADVISED TO
CONSULT A TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO CURRENT AND POSSIBLE FUTURE TAX
CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK AS WELL
AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE,
MUNICIPALITY OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION.

An individual may, subject to certain exceptions, be deemed to be a
resident alien (as opposed to a non-resident alien) by virtue of being present
in the United States on at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an
aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current
calendar year (counting for such purposes all of the days present in the current
year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and
one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year). Resident aliens are
subject to U.S. federal tax as if they were U.S. citizens.

DIVIDENDS

Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of Class A Common Stock generally will
be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax either at a rate
of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends or at such lower rate as may be
specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the Non-U.S.
Holder within the United States and, where a tax treaty applies, are
attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder,
are not subject to the withholding tax (provided the Non-U.S. Holder files
appropriate documentation, including, under current law, IRS Form 4224, with the
payor of the dividend), but instead are subject to United States federal income
tax on a net income basis at applicable graduated individual or corporate rates.
Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may,
under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at
a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax
treaty.

Under current law, dividends paid to an address outside the United States
are presumed to be paid to a resident of such country (unless the payer has
knowledge to the contrary) for purposes of the withholding discussed above and
for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty rate. However,
under proposed Treasury regulations not currently in effect, in the case of
dividends paid after December 31, 1997 (December 31, 1999 in the case of
dividends paid to accounts in existence on or before the date that is 60 days
after the proposed regulations are published as final regulations), a Non-U.S.
Holder of Class A Common Stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable
treaty rate would be required to satisfy applicable certification and other
requirements either directly or through an intermediary. In addition, backup
withholding, as discussed below, may apply in certain circumstances if
applicable certification and other requirements are not met.

A Non-U.S. Holder of Class A Common Stock eligible for a reduced rate of
United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a
refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund
with the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS").

93
<PAGE> 95

GAIN ON DISPOSITION OF COMMON STOCK

A Non-U.S. Holder will generally not be subject to United States federal
income tax with respect to gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of
Class A Common Stock unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with a trade
or business of the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States, and, where a tax treaty
applies, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the Non-
U.S. Holder, (ii) in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder who is an individual and
holds the Class A Common Stock as a capital asset, such holder is present in the
United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale or other
disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) the Company is or has
been a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for United States federal income
tax purposes. The Company believes it is not and does not anticipate becoming a
"U.S. real property holding corporation" for United States federal income tax
purposes.

If an individual Non-U.S. Holder falls under clause (i) above, he will,
unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise, be taxed on his net gain derived
from the sale under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates. If
an individual Non-U.S. Holder falls under clause (ii) above, he will be subject
to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by
certain United States capital losses.

If a Non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign corporation falls under clause (i)
above, it will be taxed on its gain under regular graduated United States
federal income tax rates and may be subject to an additional branch profits tax
at a 30% rate, unless it qualifies for a lower rate under an applicable income
tax treaty.

FEDERAL ESTATE TAX

Class A Common Stock held by an individual Non-U.S. Holder at the time of
death will be included in such holder's gross estate for United States federal
estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING TAX

The Company must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the
amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to
such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the
information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made
available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder
resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

A backup withholding tax is imposed at the rate of 31% on certain payments
to persons that fail to furnish certain identifying information to the payor.
Under current law, backup withholding generally will not apply to dividends paid
to a Non-U.S. Holder at an address outside the United States (unless the payer
has knowledge that the payee is a U.S. person), but generally will apply to
dividends paid on Class A Common Stock at addresses inside the United States to
Non-U.S. Holders that fail to provide certain identifying information in the
manner required. However, under proposed Treasury regulations not currently in
effect, in the case of dividends paid after December 31, 1997 (December 31, 1999
in the case of dividends paid to accounts in existence on or before the date
that is 60 days after the proposed regulations are published as final
regulations), a Non-U.S. Holder generally would be subject to backup withholding
at a 31% rate, unless certain certification procedures (or, in the case of
payments made outside the United States with respect to an offshore account,
certain documentary evidence procedures) are complied with, directly or through
an intermediary or a Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption from
backup withholding.

Payment of the proceeds of a sale of Class A Common Stock by or through a
United States office of a broker is subject to both backup withholding and
information reporting unless the beneficial owner provides the payor with its
name and address and certifies under penalties of perjury that it is a Non-U.S.
Holder, or otherwise establishes an exemption. In general, backup withholding
and information reporting will not apply to a payment of the proceeds of a sale
of

94
<PAGE> 96

Class A Common Stock by or through a foreign office of a foreign broker. If,
however, such broker is, for United States federal income tax purposes a U.S.
person, a controlled foreign corporation, or a foreign person that derives 50%
or more of its gross income for certain periods from the conduct of a trade or
business in the United States, such payments will be subject to information
reporting, but not backup withholding, unless (1) such broker has documentary
evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a Non-U.S. Holder and
certain other conditions are met, or (2) the beneficial owner otherwise
establishes an exemption.

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be
allowed as a refund or a credit against such holder's U.S. federal income tax
liability provided the required information is furnished in a timely manner to
the IRS.

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the
Company has agreed to sell to each of the U.S. Underwriters named below, and
each of such U.S. Underwriters, for whom Goldman, Sachs & Co., CS First Boston
Corporation, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc., Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc. and Salomon
Brothers Inc are acting as representatives (the "Representatives"), has
severally agreed to purchase from the Company, the respective number of shares
of Class A Common Stock set forth opposite its name below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
SHARES OF
UNDERWRITERS COMMON STOCK
---------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------
<S> <C>
Goldman, Sachs & Co................................................... 6,470,545
CS First Boston Corporation........................................... 6,470,543
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.................... 6,470,543
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc............................................ 6,470,543
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc............................................... 3,270,521
Lehman Brothers Inc................................................... 3,270,521
Salomon Brothers Inc ................................................. 3,270,521
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated....................................... 756,465
Chase Securities Inc.................................................. 756,465
Citicorp Securities, Inc.............................................. 756,465
Dean Witter Reynolds Inc.............................................. 756,465
Deutsche Morgan Grenfell/C.J. Lawrence Inc............................ 756,465
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation................... 756,465
A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc.............................................. 756,465
EVEREN Securities, Inc................................................ 756,465
Montgomery Securities................................................. 756,465
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated..................................... 756,465
Oppenheimer & Co., Inc................................................ 756,465
PaineWebber Incorporated.............................................. 756,465
Prudential Securities Incorporated.................................... 756,465
Smith Barney Inc...................................................... 756,465
Wasserstein Perella Securities, Inc................................... 756,465
Advest, Inc........................................................... 455,600
Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., Inc....................................... 455,600
William Blair & Company, L.L.C........................................ 455,600
J.C. Bradford & Co.................................................... 455,600
Dain Bosworth Incorporated............................................ 455,600
Furman Selz LLC....................................................... 455,600
Edward D. Jones & Co.................................................. 455,600
</TABLE>

95
<PAGE> 97

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
SHARES OF
UNDERWRITERS COMMON STOCK
---------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------
<S> <C>
Legg Mason Wood Walker Incorporated................................... 455,600
McDonald & Company Securities, Inc.................................... 455,600
Piper Jaffray Inc..................................................... 455,600
Rauscher Pierce Refsnes, Inc.......................................... 455,600
The Robinson-Humphrey Company, Inc.................................... 455,600
Stephens Inc.......................................................... 455,600
Sutro & Co. Incorporated.............................................. 455,600
Wheat, First Securities, Inc.......................................... 455,600
First of Michigan Corporation......................................... 256,274
First Southwest Company............................................... 256,274
Gruntal & Co., Incorporated........................................... 256,274
Guzman & Company...................................................... 256,274
NatCity Investments, Inc.............................................. 256,274
Samuel A. Ramirez & Co., Inc.......................................... 256,274
Roney & Co., LLC...................................................... 256,274
Scott & Stringfellow, Inc............................................. 256,274
Muriel Siebert & Co., Inc............................................. 256,274
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated.............................. 256,274
Utendahl Capital Partners, L.P........................................ 256,274
The Williams Capital Group, L.P....................................... 256,274
----------
Total....................................................... 56,950,000
==========
</TABLE>

Of the 56,950,000 shares of Class A Common Stock reflected in the table
above, 5,950,000 shares are being purchased by the U.S. Underwriters pursuant to
the exercise of an over-allotment option granted by the Company. Of the
10,050,000 shares of Class A Common Stock being purchased by the International
Underwriters, 1,050,000 shares are being purchased pursuant to the exercise of
an over-allotment option granted by the Company. As a result of the foregoing,
the right of the U.S. Underwriters and the International Underwriters to
purchase an additional 1,700,000 shares and 300,000 shares, respectively,
pursuant to such options was extinguished.

Under the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the U.S.
Underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares offered hereby,
if any are taken.

The U.S. Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Class A Common Stock
in part directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on
the cover page of this Prospectus, and in part to certain securities dealers at
such price less a concession of $0.80 per share. The U.S. Underwriters may
allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $0.10 per
share to certain brokers and dealers. After the shares of Class A Common Stock
are released for sale to the public, the offering price and other selling terms
may from time to time be varied by the Representatives.

The Company has entered into an underwriting agreement (the "International
Underwriting Agreement") with the underwriters of the International Offering
(the "International Underwriters") providing for the concurrent offer and sale
of 10,050,000 shares of Class A Common Stock in an International Offering
outside the United States. The initial public offering price and aggregate
underwriting discounts and commissions per share for the Offerings are
identical. The closing of the offering made hereby is a condition to the closing
of the International Offering, and vice versa. The representatives of the
International Underwriters are Goldman Sachs International, CS First Boston
Limited, Merrill Lynch International, J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd., ABN AMRO Bank
N.V., Banque Nationale de Paris, Bear, Stearns International Limited,
Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft, Lehman

96
<PAGE> 98

Brothers International (Europe), Morgan Grenfell & Co. Limited and Salomon
Brothers International Limited.

Pursuant to an Agreement between the U.S. and International Underwriting
Syndicates (the "Agreement Between") relating to the Offerings, each of the U.S.
Underwriters named herein has agreed that, as a part of the distribution of the
shares offered as a part of the U.S. Offering and subject to certain exceptions,
it will offer, sell or deliver the shares of Class A Common Stock, directly or
indirectly, only in the United States of America (including the States and the
District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject
to its jurisdiction (the "United States") and to U.S. persons, which term shall
mean, for purposes of this paragraph: (i) any individual who is a resident of
the United States or (ii) any corporation, partnership or other entity organized
in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof
and whose office most directly involved with the purchase is located in the
United States. Each of the International Underwriters has agreed, or will agree,
pursuant to the Agreement Between that, as a part of the International Offering,
and subject to certain exceptions, it will (i) not, directly or indirectly,
offer, sell or deliver shares of Class A Common Stock (a) in the United States
or to any U.S. persons or (b) to any person whom it believes intends to reoffer,
resell or deliver the shares in the United States or to any U.S. persons and
(ii) cause any dealer to whom it may sell such shares at any concession to agree
to observe a similar restriction.

Pursuant to the Agreement Between, sales may be made between the U.S.
Underwriters and the International Underwriters of such number of shares of
Class A Common Stock as may be mutually agreed. The price of any shares so sold
shall be the initial public offering price, less an amount not greater than the
selling concession.

The Company and Ford have agreed that, during the period beginning from the
date of this Prospectus and continuing to and including the date 180 days after
the date of this Prospectus, they will not offer, sell, contract to sell or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into
or exchangeable for, or that represents the right to receive, shares of Common
Stock or enter into any swap, option, future, forward or other agreement that
transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of Common
Stock, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., other than,
with respect to the Company, (i) pursuant to employee stock option plans
existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable
securities outstanding as of, the date of this Prospectus and (ii) the issuance
of Common Stock in connection with the transactions described in this
Prospectus.

The Underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering
price, shares of the Class A Common Stock for certain employees and retirees of
the Company and its affiliates in the United States and, subject to local laws,
internationally who have expressed an interest in purchasing such shares of
Class A Common Stock in the Offerings. Such employees and retirees will
purchase, in the aggregate, less than 10% of the Class A Common Stock offered in
the Offerings. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in
the Offerings will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved
shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered to the general
public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby.

Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the shares of
Class A Common Stock. The initial public offering price was negotiated among the
Company and the representatives of the U.S. Underwriters and the International
Underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public
offering price of the Class A Common Stock in addition to prevailing market
conditions, were the Company's historical performance, estimates of the business
potential and earnings prospects of the Company, an assessment of the Company's
management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market
valuation of companies in related businesses.

97
<PAGE> 99

This Prospectus may be used by underwriters and dealers in connection with
offers and sales of Class A Common Stock, including shares initially sold in the
International Offering, to persons located in the United States.

The Class A Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York
Stock Exchange, upon notice of issuance, under the symbol "AFS". In order to
meet one of the requirements for listing of the Class A Common Stock on the New
York Stock Exchange, the U.S. Underwriters will undertake to sell lots of 100 or
more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial owners.

The Company and Ford have agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

It is possible that more than 10% of the proceeds of the Offerings, not
including underwriting compensation, will be received by entities holding
commercial paper of ACONA who are affiliated with members of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") who are participating in the
Offerings. Therefore, the Offerings are being conducted pursuant to Article III,
Section 44(c)(8) of the NASD Rules of Fair Practice. In accordance with this
provision, Goldman, Sachs & Co. has agreed to act as "qualified independent
underwriter" and has recommended a price in compliance with the requirements of
Section 3(c) of Schedule E to the NASD By-Laws. In connection with the
Offerings, Goldman, Sachs & Co. in its role as qualified independent underwriter
has performed due diligence investigations and reviewed and participated in the
preparation of this Prospectus and the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus forms a part.

From time to time, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses,
certain of the Underwriters and their affiliates have engaged, and may in the
future engage, in commercial banking transactions with the Company.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the Class A Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon
for the Company by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett (a partnership which includes
professional corporations), New York, New York and for the Underwriters by
Shearman & Sterling, New York, New York. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett and Shearman
& Sterling have in the past provided, and may continue to provide, legal
services to Ford and its affiliates.

EXPERTS

The Supplemental Combined Balance Sheets of the Company as of December 31,
1995 and 1994 and the Supplemental Combined Statements of Earnings, Changes in
Stockholder's Equity and Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1995 included in this Prospectus, have been included herein
in reliance on the report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants,
given on the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

98
<PAGE> 100

GLOSSARY

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Accidental Death and Dismem-
berment Insurance............. Insurance that pays a benefit upon the covered accidental
death or dismemberment of an insured.
Accounts Receivable Financing... A type of lending to a dealer of commercial goods which is
secured by such dealer's accounts receivable.
Active Accounts................. An account that has either an outstanding balance or has
had credit or debit activity during the billing cycle for
which activity is determined.
Behavioral Scoring System....... A system used to assess the credit risk of a finance
customer based upon the actual credit history of such
customer.
Captive Finance Program......... A finance program which is operated by a finance company
under the name of the manufacturer or dealer of the goods
being financed.
Charge-Off...................... A loan which is deemed uncollectible and the balance of
which is charged against the allowance for loan losses.
Generally, unsecured loans are charged off when they
become contractually delinquent for a stated number of
days or upon the occurrence of certain specific events
specified in the applicable loan agreement.
Class A Common Stock............ Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the
Company.
Class B Common Stock............ Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the
Company.
Closed-End Lease................ A lease with a specified term under which the lessor bears
the residual risk of the property subject to the lease.
Closed-End Personal Loan........ A direct consumer loan with a specified term.
Co-Branded...................... A type of credit card that bears the name of third party
businesses with whom the issuer of the credit card has a
marketing relationship, such as a specialty credit card
issued by a financial institution but bearing the logo
and other marketing insignia of a designated gasoline
retailer.
Commercial Auto and Dealers'
Open Lot Physical Damage
Insurance..................... Insurance that provides a monthly benefit on an insured's
credit balance in the event of a loss to the insured's
property pledged as collateral. In the case of property
owned and used by truck owner-operators and fleet
customers, coverage is for the term of the loan or the
policy term and may not exceed three years. In the case
of property held in inventory for resale, coverage is for
one year.
Contractual Delinquency......... Failure to pay when due any amount as called for by the
terms of the contract.
Credit Accident and Health
Insurance..................... Insurance that provides a benefit in the event an insured
becomes disabled because of a covered accident or illness
during the term of the insurance.
</TABLE>

99
<PAGE> 101

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Credit Life Insurance........... Insurance that provides coverage that may pay off an
insured's credit balance in the event of a covered death
during the term of the insurance.
Credit Scoring.................. A credit approval system used to evaluate the perceived
credit worthiness of an applicant based upon information
regarding the applicant and the transaction in question.
Debt to Equity Ratio............ The ratio of interest bearing debt to total stockholder's
equity.
Excess of Loss Coverages........ Reinsurance under which the reinsurer is responsible for
the losses exceeding a specific dollar amount during the
term of reinsurance coverage.
Finance Lease................... A lease under which the lessee is obligated to pay to the
lessor over the term of the lease an amount equal to the
cost of the goods being leased plus a finance charge. The
lessee becomes the owner of the goods at the end of the
lease.
Foreign Subsidiaries
Recontribution................ The expected recontribution by Ford to the Company of the
Foreign Subsidiaries, as described under "The Company".
Gap Position.................... The sum of floating rate asset balances and principal
payments on fixed rate assets, less the sum of floating
rate liability balances and fixed rate liability
maturities.
Home Equity Loan................ A loan secured by the borrower's home.
Independent Finance Company..... A company engaged in providing finance products and/or
services whose business is directed by its internal
management and is not dependent upon the business of an
affiliated party.
Insurance Underwriting.......... The process whereby a company applies a set of standards to
the risks presented to it to determine whether to insure
such risks.
Involuntary Unemployment
Insurance..................... Insurance that provides a monthly benefit on an insured's
credit balance for a specified period of time in the
event of the insured's involuntary loss of work (for
example, layoff, strike or lockout).
LTV -- Loan to Value Ratio...... The ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the dollar amount
of the loan or credit extension to the agreed-upon or
appraised value of the property serving as collateral for
such loan or credit extension at any specified date,
usually at the inception of the loan or credit extension.
Manufactured Housing............ Residential housing constructed at a manufacturing facility
and transported to the site at which it will be located.
Moody's......................... Moody's Investors Service
Net Credit Loss................. The loss from an account charged off, which loss typically
excludes interest and fees not paid and includes present
period recoveries on loans charged off in prior periods.
Net Finance Receivables......... Finance receivables net of unearned income.
Open-End Lease.................. A lease agreement (i) providing for an additional payment
after the property is returned to the lessor to account
for any change in the value of the property and (ii)
under which the lessor retains the benefit of
depreciation for tax purposes.
</TABLE>

100
<PAGE> 102

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Personal Property Insurance..... Insurance that provides a benefit in the event of a loss of
or damage to property pledged as collateral on direct,
non-real estate loans and retail sales finance contracts.
Private Label Credit Card....... A credit card issued by a retailer of consumer goods, or by
a financial institution pursuant to an agreement with a
retailer, for the purchase or financing of the retailer's
goods and services.
Reinsurance..................... The practice whereby one party, called the reinsurer, in
consideration of a premium paid to it, agrees to indemnify
another party for part or all of the liability assumed by
the reinsured under a contract or contracts of insurance
which it has issued. The reinsured may be referred to as
the original or primary insurer, the direct writing
company or the ceding company.
Residual Risk................... The risk that at the end of a lease the market value of the
personal property subject to the lease will be less than
the residual value on which the lease payments were
based.
Return on Average Assets........ A fraction, the numerator of which is annual net earnings
and the denominator of which is the average of total assets
at the beginning and end of the annual period.
Return on Average Equity........ A fraction, the numerator of which is annual net earnings
and the denominator of which is the average of total stock-
holder's equity at the beginning and end of the annual
period.
Return on Average Tangible
Equity........................ A fraction, the numerator of which is annual net earnings
and the denominator of which is the average of total stock-
holder's equity less goodwill and other intangibles at
the beginning and end of the annual period.
Revolving Credit................ A credit arrangement whereby a borrower may repeatedly
borrow and repay specified amounts.
Standard & Poor's............... Standard & Poor's Ratings Group
Tax-Free Spin-Off............... The disposition of the Common Stock beneficially owned by
Ford or the Class B Transferee, if any, effected in
connection with a transfer of such Common Stock to
stockholders of Ford or stockholders of the Class B
Transferee, as the case may be, as a dividend intended to
be on a tax-free basis under the Code.
Variable Rate................... An interest rate that adjusts based on the movement of a
specified index, such as LIBOR or the prime interest
rate.
Vintage Analysis................ A comparison of the performance of portfolio segments at
specified months from the date the loans were made.
Wholesale Financing............. Financing to a dealer of consumer or commercial goods se-
cured by such dealer's product inventory.
</TABLE>

101
<PAGE> 103

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

INDEX TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Supplemental Combined Financial Statements
Report of Independent Accountants................................................... F-2
Supplemental Combined Statement of Earnings -- Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994
and 1993......................................................................... F-3
Supplemental Combined Balance Sheet -- December 31, 1995 and 1994................... F-4
Supplemental Combined Statement of Changes in Stockholder's Equity -- Years Ended
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993................................................. F-5
Supplemental Combined Statement of Cash Flows -- Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994
and 1993......................................................................... F-6
Notes to Supplemental Combined Financial Statements................................. F-7
</TABLE>

F-1
<PAGE> 104

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

Board of Directors
Associates First Capital Corporation

We have audited the supplemental combined statements of financial position
of Associates First Capital Corporation (an indirect subsidiary of Ford Motor
Company) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the related
supplemental combined statements of earnings, changes in stockholder's equity,
and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1995. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The supplemental combined financial statements give retroactive effect to
the proposed contributions by Ford Motor Company of certain foreign subsidiaries
to Associates First Capital Corporation, to be accounted for as a pooling of
interests as described in NOTE 2 to the supplemental combined financial
statements. Generally accepted accounting principles proscribe giving effect to
a consummated business combination accounted for by the pooling of interests
method in financial statements that do not include the date of consummation.
These financial statements do not extend through the date of consummation;
however, they will become the historical consolidated financial statements of
Associates First Capital Corporation and subsidiaries after financial statements
covering the date of consummation of the business combination are issued.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the supplemental combined financial position of
Associates First Capital Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 1995 and
1994, and the supplemental combined results of their operations and their cash
flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1995, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applicable after
financial statements are issued for a period which includes the date of
consummation of the proposed business combination.

COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.

Dallas, Texas
January 26, 1996, except for Note 18,
as to which the date is April 2, 1996

F-2
<PAGE> 105

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED STATEMENT OF EARNINGS
(IN MILLIONS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
----------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
-------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUE
Finance charges......................................... $5,560.8 $4,445.2 $3,709.7
Insurance premiums...................................... 370.6 329.0 270.9
Investment and other income............................. 175.8 151.6 134.2
-------- -------- --------
6,107.2 4,925.8 4,114.8
EXPENSES
Interest expense........................................ 2,177.9 1,657.3 1,421.7
Operating expenses...................................... 1,754.7 1,456.1 1,216.8
Provision for losses on finance receivables -- NOTE 4... 834.0 647.1 536.1
Insurance benefits paid or provided..................... 142.5 147.9 118.9
-------- -------- --------
4,909.1 3,908.4 3,293.5
-------- -------- --------
EARNINGS BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES................ 1,198.1 1,017.4 821.3
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES -- NOTE 8...................... 475.0 414.1 327.3
-------- -------- --------
NET EARNINGS.............................................. $ 723.1 $ 603.3 $ 494.0
======== ======== ========
NET EARNINGS PER SHARE*................................... $ 2.09 $ 1.74 $ 1.43
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>

- ---------------

* Based on 346.5 million shares outstanding and in whole dollars.

See notes to supplemental combined financial statements.

F-3
<PAGE> 106

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
(IN MILLIONS)

ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31
-----------------------
1995 1994
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS........................................... $ 532.2 $ 606.0
INVESTMENTS IN DEBT AND EQUITY SECURITIES -- NOTE 16................ 881.1 605.1
FINANCE RECEIVABLES, net of unearned finance income -- NOTE 3
Consumer Finance.................................................. 27,575.3 23,627.8
Commercial Finance................................................ 12,127.2 10,057.9
--------- ---------
Total net finance receivables.................................. 39,702.5 33,685.7
ALLOWANCE FOR LOSSES ON FINANCE RECEIVABLES -- NOTE 4............... (1,268.6) (1,061.6)
INSURANCE POLICY AND CLAIMS RESERVES................................ (625.4) (565.7)
OTHER ASSETS -- NOTE 13............................................. 2,082.1 2,014.0
--------- ---------
Total assets.............................................. $41,303.9 $35,283.5
========= =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
NOTES PAYABLE -- NOTE 6
Commercial Paper.................................................. $12,902.9 $11,807.4
Bank Loans........................................................ 844.4 624.5
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUALS....................................... 1,382.9 1,108.6
LONG-TERM DEBT -- NOTES 7 and 9..................................... 21,372.6 17,306.2
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Common Stock, no par value, 250 shares authorized, issued and
outstanding, at stated value................................... 47.0 47.0
Paid-in Capital................................................... 2,124.3 2,153.2
Retained Earnings................................................. 2,287.0 1,881.9
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments -- NOTE 2................ 330.6 372.3
Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Available-for-Sale Securities -- NOTES 2
and 16......................................................... 12.2 (17.6)
--------- ---------
Total stockholder's equity................................ 4,801.1 4,436.8
--------- ---------
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity................ $41,303.9 $35,283.5
========= =========
</TABLE>

See notes to supplemental combined financial statements.

F-4
<PAGE> 107

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED STATEMENT OF
CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
(IN MILLIONS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNREALIZED
GAIN
FOREIGN (LOSS) ON TOTAL
CURRENCY AVAILABLE- STOCK-
COMMON PAID-IN RETAINED TRANSLATION FOR-SALE HOLDER'S
STOCK CAPITAL EARNINGS ADJUSTMENTS SECURITIES EQUITY
------ -------- -------- ----------- ---------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
DECEMBER 31, 1992.................. $47.0 $1,738.1 $1,298.7 $ 143.6 $ 3.7 $3,231.1
Net Earnings..................... 494.0 494.0
Contributions from Parent........ 200.0 200.0
Cash Dividends................... (226.0) (226.0)
Current Period Adjustment........ 74.9 0.3 75.2
----- -------- -------- ------- ------ --------
DECEMBER 31, 1993.................. 47.0 1,938.1 1,566.7 218.5 4.0 3,774.3
Net Earnings..................... 603.3 603.3
Contributions from Parent........ 215.1 215.1
Cash Dividends................... (288.1) (288.1)
Current Period Adjustment........ 153.8 (21.6) 132.2
----- -------- -------- ------- ------ --------
DECEMBER 31, 1994.................. 47.0 2,153.2 1,881.9 372.3 (17.6) 4,436.8
Net Earnings..................... 723.1 723.1
Contributions from Parent........ 200.0 200.0
Capital distribution to Ford..... (228.9) (228.9)
Cash Dividends................... (318.0) (318.0)
Current Period Adjustment........ (41.7) 29.8 (11.9)
----- -------- -------- ------- ------ --------
DECEMBER 31, 1995.................. $47.0 $2,124.3 $2,287.0 $ 330.6 $ 12.2 $4,801.1
===== ======== ======== ======= ====== ========
</TABLE>

See notes to supplemental combined financial statements.

F-5
<PAGE> 108

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(IN MILLIONS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
---------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net earnings....................................................... $ 723.1 $ 603.3 $ 494.0
Adjustments to net earnings for noncash items:
Provision for losses on finance receivables..................... 834.0 647.1 536.1
Depreciation and amortization................................... 193.8 187.4 264.8
Increase in accounts payable and accruals....................... 166.5 91.1 172.5
Deferred income taxes........................................... 101.1 (18.8) 33.6
Increase in insurance policy and claims reserves................ 59.7 118.9 67.6
Unrealized gain on trading securities........................... (3.6) (1.6)
Purchases of trading securities.................................... (5.8) (23.8)
Sales and maturities of trading securities......................... 38.7 17.4
Other.............................................................. (6.8) (5.0)
--------- --------- ---------
Net cash provided from operating activities................ 2,107.5 1,614.2 1,563.6
--------- --------- ---------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Finance receivables originated or purchased........................ (37,051.1) (30,431.1) (22,868.8)
Finance receivables liquidated..................................... 30,689.1 24,942.8 19,217.5
Acquisitions of other finance businesses, net...................... (143.9) (484.9) (329.1)
Proceeds from sale of investment in mortgage servicing rights...... 97.1
(Increase) decrease in real estate loans held for sale............. (3.7) 51.9 0.8
Increase in other assets........................................... (176.5) (200.3) (208.3)
Purchases of available-for-sale securities......................... (893.9) (306.0)
Sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities.............. 635.9 318.1
Purchases of marketable securities................................. (639.6)
Sales and maturities of marketable securities...................... 519.0
--------- --------- ---------
Net cash used for investing activities..................... (6,944.1) (6,012.4) (4,308.5)
--------- --------- ---------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Issuance of long-term debt......................................... 6,327.8 4,837.2 4,073.1
Retirement of long-term debt....................................... (2,491.8) (2,357.7) (2,092.9)
Increase in notes payable.......................................... 1,315.4 2,046.0 797.4
Capital contributions.............................................. 200.0 215.1 200.0
Capital distribution............................................... (228.9)
Cash dividends..................................................... (318.0) (288.1) (226.0)
Other.............................................................. (20.7) (0.4)
--------- --------- ---------
Net cash provided from financing activities................ 4,804.5 4,431.8 2,751.2
--------- --------- ---------
Effect of foreign currency translation adjustments on cash........... (41.7) 153.8 74.9
--------- --------- ---------
(Decrease)increase in cash and cash equivalents...................... (73.8) 187.4 81.2
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period..................... 606.0 418.6 337.4
--------- --------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period........................... $ 532.2 $ 606.0 $ 418.6
========= ========= =========
Cash paid for:
Interest........................................................... $ 2,175.8 $ 1,693.6 $ 1,448.1
========= ========= =========
Income taxes....................................................... $ 399.7 $ 465.3 $ 375.3
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>

See notes to supplemental combined financial statements.

F-6
<PAGE> 109

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 -- THE COMPANY

Associates First Capital Corporation ("First Capital" or the "Company"), a
Delaware corporation, is a subsidiary of Ford FSG, Inc. and an indirect
subsidiary of Ford Motor Company ("Ford"). Associates Corporation of North
America ("Associates") is the principal U.S.-based operating subsidiary of First
Capital. AIC Corporation is the principal foreign-based operating subsidiary of
First Capital.

NOTE 2 -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The following is a summary of significant accounting policies:

Basis of Presentation

The supplemental combined financial statements of First Capital and
subsidiaries have been prepared to give retroactive effect to the contribution
by Ford of certain foreign operations to First Capital. First Capital was
acquired by Ford in 1989. At that time, First Capital transferred its finance
operations in Japan, the United Kingdom, Canada and Puerto Rico to other foreign
subsidiaries of Ford but maintained management supervision over such operations.
In 1995, First Capital also commenced management supervision of operations in
Mexico. As part of an organizational restructuring of Ford's financial services
companies expected to be completed prior to completion of the Company's public
offering, Ford expects to recontribute the previously owned foreign operations,
and Mexico, collectively referred to hereafter as the "Foreign Operations", back
to First Capital. The results of these operations have been retroactively
included in First Capital's results contained herein. Generally accepted
accounting principles proscribe giving effect to a consummated business
combination accounted for by the pooling-of-interests method in financial
statements that do not include the date of consummation. These financial
statements do not extend through the date of consummation; however, they will
become the historical consolidated financial statements of First Capital after
financial statements covering the date of consummation of the business
combination are issued.

Amounts of goodwill relating to acquisitions are being amortized by the
straight-line method over periods not exceeding forty years. The carrying value
of goodwill is reviewed if the facts and circumstances suggest that it may be
impaired. If the review indicates that goodwill will not be recoverable, as
determined based on undiscounted cash flows, the carrying value of the goodwill
is reduced by the estimated short-fall of discounted cash flows.

All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated
in consolidation.

The preparation of these supplemental combined financial statements in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires the use of
management's estimates. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve
matters of judgment. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Finance charges on receivables are recognized as revenue using the interest
(actuarial) method. Premiums and discounts on purchased receivables are
considered as yield adjustments. The unamortized balance is included in finance
receivables and the associated amortization is included in finance charge
revenue. Finance charge accruals are suspended on accounts when they become 60
days contractually delinquent. The accrual is resumed when the loan becomes
contractually current. At December 31, 1995 and 1994, net finance receivables on
which revenue was not accrued approximated $678.9 million and $454.8 million,
respectively.

F-7
<PAGE> 110

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Insurance premiums are recorded as unearned premiums when collected or when
written and are subsequently amortized into income based on the nature and term
of the underlying insurance contracts. The methods of amortization used are pro
rata, sum-of-the-years-digits and a combination thereof.

Gains or losses on sales of debt securities are included in revenue when
realized. Unrealized gains or losses on debt securities are reported as a
component of stockholder's equity, net of tax. Realized and unrealized gains or
losses on equity securities are included in revenue as incurred. The cost of
debt and equity securities sold is determined by the specific identification
method.

Allowance for Losses on Finance Receivables

The Company maintains an allowance for losses on finance receivables at an
amount which it believes is sufficient to provide adequate protection against
losses in the portfolios. The allowance is determined principally on the basis
of historical loss experience, and reflects management's judgment of additional
loss potential considering future economic conditions and the nature and
characteristics of the underlying finance receivables. The allowance is managed
on an aggregate basis considering the relationship of the allowance to net
finance receivables and net credit losses. Additions to the allowance are
charged to the provision for losses on finance receivables.

Finance receivables are charged to the allowance for losses when they are
deemed to be uncollectible. Additionally, Company policy provides for charge-off
of various types of accounts on a contractual basis described as follows:
Consumer direct and other installment and credit card receivables are charged to
the allowance for losses when they become 180 days delinquent. All other finance
receivables are charged to the allowance for losses when any of the following
conditions occur: (i) the related security has been converted or destroyed; (ii)
the related security has been repossessed and sold or held for sale for one
year; or (iii) the related security has not been repossessed and the receivable
has become one year delinquent. A delinquent account is one on which the
customer has not made payments as contractually agreed. Extensions are granted
on receivables from customers with satisfactory credit and with prior approval
of management. Recoveries on losses previously charged to the allowance are
credited to the allowance at the time the recovery is collected.

Insurance Reserves

The reserves for future benefits and refunds upon cancellation of credit
life and health insurance and property and casualty insurance are provided for
in the unearned premium reserve for each class of insurance. In addition,
reserves for reported claims on credit accident and health insurance are
established based on standard morbidity tables used in the insurance business
for such purposes. Claim reserves for reported property and casualty insurance
claims are based on estimates of costs and expenses to settle each claim.
Additional amounts of reserves, based on prior experience and insurance in
force, are provided for each class of insurance for claims which have been
incurred but not reported as of the balance sheet date.

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated at the rate
of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date; income and expenses are
translated at the average rate of exchange prevailing during the year. The
related translation adjustments are reflected in the stockholder's equity
section of the supplemental combined balance sheet. Foreign currency gains and
losses resulting from transactions are included in earnings. Such foreign
currency losses approximated

F-8
<PAGE> 111

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

$0.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.3 million during the years ended December 31,
1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

Income Taxes

First Capital and its subsidiaries are included in the consolidated Federal
income tax return of Ford. The provision for income taxes is computed on a
separate-return basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based
on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and
liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the
differences are expected to reverse.

In 1993, the Company entered into a tax-sharing agreement with Ford whereby
state income taxes are provided on a separate-return basis.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of
three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The amounts reported
in the supplemental combined balance sheet approximate fair value.

Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The supplemental combined financial statements present the information
required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 107,
"Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments". Amounts disclosed
represent estimates of fair values at a particular point in time. Significant
assumptions regarding economic conditions, loss experience and risk
characteristics associated with particular financial instruments and other
factors were used for purposes of this disclosure. These assumptions are
subjective in nature and involve matters of judgment. Changes in assumptions
could have a material impact on these estimates.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for
trading purposes. The Company's derivative activity is limited to currency swap
transactions designed to hedge its currency risk on specific foreign
currency-denominated assets denominated in British Sterling. Gains and losses on
qualifying hedges are deferred and are recognized in income or as adjustments of
carrying amounts when the hedged transaction occurs. See NOTE 15 to the
supplemental combined financial statements for additional information related to
currency swap transactions.

Earnings Per Share

Net earnings per share are determined by dividing net earnings during each
year by 346.5 million shares outstanding after completion of the Company's
initial public offering.

F-9
<PAGE> 112

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 3 -- NET FINANCE RECEIVABLES

Composition of Net Finance Receivables

At December 31, 1995 and 1994, net finance receivables consisted of the
following (in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1994
---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Consumer Finance
Home equity lending....................................... $ 14,316.3 $ 12,449.9
Personal lending and retail sales finance................. 6,225.1 5,420.3
Credit card............................................... 4,984.6 4,076.5
Manufactured housing...................................... 2,049.3 1,681.1
---------- ----------
27,575.3 23,627.8
---------- ----------
Commercial Finance
Truck and truck trailer................................... 7,724.0 6,739.7
Equipment................................................. 4,012.0 3,007.9
Other..................................................... 391.2 310.3
---------- ----------
12,127.2 10,057.9
---------- ----------
Net finance receivables........................... $ 39,702.5 $ 33,685.7
========== ==========
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1995, contractual maturities of net finance receivables
were as follows (in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONSUMER COMMERCIAL
YEAR DUE FINANCE FINANCE TOTAL
------------------------------------------------- --------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1996............................................ $ 3,899.7 $ 5,461.9 $ 9,361.6
1997............................................ 3,230.7 3,013.2 6,243.9
1998............................................ 2,849.7 2,032.0 4,881.7
1999............................................ 2,576.4 1,092.0 3,668.4
2000 and thereafter............................. 15,018.8 528.1 15,546.9
--------- --------- ---------
$27,575.3 $12,127.2 $ 39,702.5
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>

It is the Company's experience that a substantial portion of the consumer
loan portfolio generally is renewed or repaid prior to contractual maturity
dates. The above maturity schedule should not be regarded as a forecast of
future cash collections.

Included in commercial finance receivables are direct financing leases as
follows (in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31
---------------------
1995 1994
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Minimum lease rentals......................................... $3,147.1 $2,315.5
Unguaranteed residual values.................................. 77.1 52.4
-------- --------
Future minimum lease rentals................................ 3,224.2 2,367.9
Unearned finance income....................................... (448.6) (332.7)
-------- --------
Net investment in direct financing leases........... $2,775.6 $2,035.2
======== ========
</TABLE>

Future net minimum lease rentals on direct financing leases for each of the
years succeeding December 31, 1995 are as follows (in millions): 1996 -- $856.2;
1997 -- $727.6; 1998 -- $578.5; 1999 -- $383.8; 2000 -- $160.9 and 2001 and
thereafter -- $68.6.

F-10
<PAGE> 113

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Estimated Fair Value of Net Finance Receivables

The estimated fair value of net finance receivables at December 31, 1995
and 1994 was $43.4 billion and $36.4 billion, respectively. In order to
determine the fair values of loans, the loan portfolio was segmented based on
loan type, credit quality and repricing characteristics. The fair value was
estimated by discounting the expected cash flows from such loans at discount
rates which approximate gross finance charge rates that would achieve an
expected return on assets with similar risk characteristics. The estimated fair
value of the credit card receivables was based on the Company's experience in
pricing similar portfolios for acquisition purposes.

Dispersion of Finance Receivables

The Company has geographically dispersed finance receivables. At December
31, 1995, approximately 93% of the Company's total receivables were dispersed
across the United States, 5% were in Japan and the remaining 2% were in other
foreign countries. Of the total receivables dispersed across the United States
or foreign jurisdictions, 11% were in California, 6% in Florida, 6% in Texas, 4%
in Georgia, 4% in Pennsylvania, 4% in North Carolina, 4% in New York, 4% in
Illinois, and 4% in Ohio; no other individual state had more than 4%.

Acquisitions of Finance Businesses

During the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, the Company made
acquisitions of finance businesses accounted for as purchases, the most
significant of which were as follows:

On January 1, 1995, Associates acquired $116 million of net home
equity receivables and certain other assets from Ford Motor Credit Company,
an affiliate. The transaction was recorded at historical cost, which
approximated market.

In October 1995, Associates acquired the stock of LCA Corporation,
principally consisting of leasing receivables. The fair market value of
total assets acquired and liabilities assumed was $253 million and $225
million, respectively.

In September 1994, Associates acquired the credit card portfolio and
certain other assets of Amoco Oil Company. The fair market value of assets
acquired totaled $426 million.

In December 1994, Associates acquired the assets of First Collateral
Services, Inc., principally consisting of warehouse loan facilities
extended to mortgage brokers secured by mortgage contracts. The fair market
value of total assets acquired and liabilities assumed was $62 million and
$3 million, respectively.

In April 1993, Associates purchased the stock of Allied Finance
Company, with assets primarily consisting of $146 million of net consumer
finance receivables, principally comprised of home equity and personal
lending and sales finance receivables. The fair market value of total
assets acquired and liabilities assumed was $197 million and $112 million,
respectively.

In September 1993, Associates purchased the assets of Mack Financial
Corporation, the financing division of Mack Trucks, Inc., consisting of
$629 million of net commercial finance receivables, principally secured by
heavy-duty trucks and truck trailers. The fair market value of total assets
acquired and liabilities assumed was $663 million and $419 million,
respectively.

The pro forma effect of the above acquisitions, when taken in the aggregate
for each reporting period, was not significant.

F-11
<PAGE> 114

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 4 -- ALLOWANCE FOR LOSSES ON FINANCE RECEIVABLES

Changes in the allowance for losses on finance receivables during the
periods indicated were as follows (in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
-------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
-------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of period....................... $1,061.6 $ 892.3 $ 764.7
Provision for losses............................... 834.0 647.1 536.1
Recoveries on receivables charged off.............. 132.9 118.2 101.3
Losses sustained................................... (757.1) (626.8) (542.5)
Reserves of acquired businesses and other.......... (2.8) 30.8 32.7
-------- -------- -------
Balance at end of period............................. $1,268.6 $1,061.6 $ 892.3
======== ======== =======
</TABLE>

NOTE 5 -- CREDIT FACILITIES

At December 31, 1995, available credit facilities were as follows (in
millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FACILITY
ENTITY CREDIT FACILITY DESCRIPTION AMOUNT
- --------------------- ------------------------------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Associates Lines of Credit $ 3,959.7*
Revolving Lines 5,105.0*
Receivables Purchase Facilities 1,275.0
---------
$10,339.7
=========
Foreign Operations:
Japan Lines of Credit $ 136.1
United Kingdom Lines of Credit 51.5
Canada Lines of Credit 33.1
---------
$ 220.7
=========
</TABLE>

- ---------------

* Included in the Associates Lines of Credit and Revolving Lines are $90.0
million and $1,080.0 million of Lines of Credit and Revolving Lines,
respectively, that are available to First Capital.

Lines of Credit, Revolving Lines and Receivables Purchase Facilities may be
withdrawn only under certain standard conditions, including, as to the credit
facilities of Associates identified above, failure to pay principal or interest
when due, breach of representations, warranties or covenants, default on other
debt, or bankruptcy or other insolvency-type proceedings. As to the credit
facilities of the foreign operations, in addition to the foregoing standard
conditions, certain facilities contain provisions which permit withdrawals as a
result of any material adverse changes in the financial conditions of such
operations. Associates principally pays fees for the availability of its credit
facilities. Bank fees incurred during 1995, 1994 and 1993 were $11.8 million,
$11.4 million and $9.8 million, respectively, and are .07 to .25 of 1% per annum
of the amount of the facilities.

F-12
<PAGE> 115

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 6 -- NOTES PAYABLE

Commercial paper notes are issued by Associates in the minimum amount of
$100,000 with terms from 1 to 270 days. Bank loan terms range from 1 to 90 days.
Information pertaining to the Company's commercial paper notes and bank loans is
set forth below for the periods indicated (dollar amounts in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMERCIAL BANK
PAPER NOTES LOANS
----------- ------
<S> <C> <C>
Ending balance at December 31, 1995......................... $12,902.9 $844.4
Weighted average interest rate at December 31, 1995......... 5.73% 6.48%
Ending balance at December 31, 1994......................... $11,807.4 $624.5
Weighted average interest rate at December 31, 1994......... 5.89% 6.82%
</TABLE>

The amounts reported in the supplemental combined balance sheet approximate
fair value.

NOTE 7 -- LONG-TERM DEBT

Outstanding balances of long-term debt at December 31 were as follows (in
millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INTEREST
RATE
RANGE MATURITIES 1995 1994
---------- ---------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Senior:
Notes........................... 2.66-13.75% 1996-2010 $20,801.7 $16,809.8
Investment notes................ 4.90- 9.50 1996-2000 429.1 354.6
--------- ---------
21,230.8 17,164.4
--------- ---------
Subordinated and Capital:
Subordinated.................... 7.63- 8.15 1998-2009 141.2 141.2
Capital......................... 4.68- 9.00 1996-2002 0.6 0.6
--------- ---------
141.8 141.8
--------- ---------
Total long-term debt.... $21,372.6 $17,306.2
========= =========
</TABLE>

The weighted average interest rate for total long-term debt was 6.92% at
December 31, 1995 and 7.15% at December 31, 1994.

The estimated fair value of long-term debt at December 31, 1995 and 1994
was $22.5 billion and $16.8 billion, respectively. The fair value was determined
by discounting expected cash flows at discount rates currently available to the
Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities.

Long-term borrowing maturities during the next five years, including the
current portion of notes payable after one year, are: 1996, $3,166.7 million;
1997, $3,676.8 million; 1998, $3,790.0 million; 1999, $2,674.0 million; 2000,
$2,981.0 million and 2001 and thereafter, $5,084.1 million.

Certain debt issues contain call provisions or may be subject to repayment
provisions at the option of the holder on specified dates prior to the maturity
date. At December 31, 1995, 3,509 warrants were outstanding to purchase $154.8
million aggregate principal amount of senior notes at par with interest rates
ranging from 7.00% to 10.50%. The warrants are exercisable at various dates
through October 1, 1999 at prices ranging from $1,000 to $25,000,000 per
warrant. All of the above issues are unsecured, except for a $50 million, 8.25%
Senior Note due August 15, 2001, which is collateralized by First Capital's
corporate offices.

F-13
<PAGE> 116

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 8 -- INCOME TAXES

The following table sets forth the components of the provision for income
taxes and deferred income tax (benefit) for the periods indicated (in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNITED STATES
----------------
FEDERAL STATE FOREIGN TOTAL
------- ----- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Year Ended December 31, 1995
Current............................................ $ 342.0 $21.5 $ 10.4 $ 373.9
------- ----- ------- -------
Deferred:
Leasing transactions............................ 66.7 66.7
Finance revenue................................. 14.0 14.0
Net operating loss utilized..................... 167.4 167.4
Goodwill amortization........................... (11.0) (11.0)
Provision for losses on finance receivables and
other......................................... (71.8) (64.2) (136.0)
------- ----- ------- -------
Total deferred............................. 8.9 92.2 101.1
------- ----- ------- -------
$ 350.9 $21.5 $ 102.6 $ 475.0
======= ===== ======= =======
Year Ended December 31, 1994
Current............................................ $ 400.1 $31.5 $ 1.3 $ 432.9
------- ----- ------- -------
Deferred:
Leasing transactions............................ 29.2 29.2
Finance revenue................................. (5.7) (5.7)
Net operating loss utilized..................... 187.3 187.3
Goodwill amortization........................... (119.4) (119.4)
Provision for losses on finance receivables and
other......................................... (115.2) 5.0 (110.2)
------- ----- ------- -------
Total deferred............................. (91.7) 72.9 (18.8)
------- ----- ------- -------
$ 308.4 $31.5 $ 74.2 $ 414.1
======= ===== ======= =======
Year Ended December 31, 1993
Current............................................ $ 337.1 $20.5 $ (63.9) $ 293.7
------- ----- ------- -------
Deferred:
Leasing transactions............................ 3.6 3.6
Finance revenue................................. 3.9 3.9
Net operating loss utilized..................... (342.6) (342.6)
Goodwill amortization........................... 450.3 450.3
Provision for losses on finance receivables and
other......................................... (83.4) 1.8 (81.6)
------- ----- ------- -------
Total deferred............................. (75.9) 109.5 33.6
------- ----- ------- -------
$ 261.2 $20.5 $ 45.6 $ 327.3
======= ===== ======= =======
</TABLE>

F-14
<PAGE> 117

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

At December 31, 1995 and 1994, the components of the Company's net deferred
tax asset and liability were as follows (in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1994
------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Provision for losses on finance receivables and other....... $ 744.0 $ 593.7
Net operating loss.......................................... 2.6 160.1
Postretirement and other employee benefits.................. 56.0 74.0
------- -------
802.6 827.8
Deferred tax liabilities:
Leasing transactions........................................ (241.8) (175.1)
Unamortized tax deductible goodwill......................... (339.0) (361.5)
Finance revenue and other................................... (261.7) (237.0)
------- -------
(842.5) (773.6)
------- -------
Net deferred tax (liability)/asset.................. $ (39.9) $ 54.2
======= =======
</TABLE>

Deferred income taxes have not been provided on approximately $48.3 million
of undistributed earnings related to foreign subsidiaries as the earnings are
considered to be permanently reinvested. If these amounts were not considered
permanently reinvested, additional deferred taxes of $16.9 million would have
been provided.

Due to the Company's earnings level, no valuation allowance related to the
deferred tax asset has been recorded.

The effective tax rate differed from the statutory U.S. Federal income tax
rate as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
% OF PRETAX INCOME
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
----------------------
1995 1994 1993
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statutory tax rate............................................ 35.0% 35.0% 35.0%
State tax rate................................................ 1.2 2.0 1.6
Non-deductible goodwill....................................... 0.9 1.2 1.6
Foreign rates in excess of U.S. rates and other............... 2.5 2.5 1.7
---- ---- ----
Effective tax rate.......................................... 39.6% 40.7% 39.9%
==== ==== ====
</TABLE>

NOTE 9 -- DEBT RESTRICTIONS

Associates, First Capital's principal operating subsidiary, is subject to
various limitations under the provisions of its outstanding debt and credit
facilities. The most significant of these limitations are summarized as follows:

Limitation on Payment of Dividends

A restriction contained in one series of Associates debt securities
maturing August 1, 1996, generally limits payments of dividends on Associates
Common Stock in any year to not more than 50% of Associates consolidated net
earnings for such year, subject to certain exceptions, plus increases in
contributed capital and extraordinary gains. Any such amounts available for the
payment of dividends in such fiscal year and not so paid, may be paid in any one
or more of the five subsequent fiscal years. In accordance with this provision,
at December 31, 1995, $727.6 million was available for dividends.

F-15
<PAGE> 118

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Limitation on Minimum Tangible Net Worth

A restriction contained in certain revolving credit agreements requires
Associates to maintain a minimum tangible net worth, as defined, of $1.5
billion. At December 31, 1995, Associates tangible net worth was $4.1 billion.

NOTE 10 -- LEASE COMMITMENTS

Leases are primarily short-term and generally provide for renewal options
not exceeding the initial term. Total rent expense for the years ended December
31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 was $92.6 million, $75.4 million, and $63.7 million,
respectively. Minimum rental commitments as of December 31, 1995 for all
noncancelable leases (primarily office leases) for the years ending December 31,
1996, 1997, 1998, 1999 and 2000 are $71.4 million, $52.3 million, $35.0 million,
$20.3 million and $7.5 million, respectively, and $21.5 million thereafter.

NOTE 11 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Defined Benefit Plans

The Company sponsors various qualified and nonqualified pension plans (the
"Plan" or "Plans"), which together cover substantially all permanent employees,
other than those of the foreign operations, who meet certain eligibility
requirements.

Net periodic pension cost for the years indicated includes the following
components (in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
-------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Service cost........................................... $ 13.1 $ 13.7 $ 10.0
Interest cost.......................................... 23.1 21.3 18.1
Actual return on Plan assets........................... (51.1) (0.4) (21.6)
Net amortization....................................... 33.9 (10.9) 7.4
------- ------- -------
Net periodic pension cost.................... $ 19.0 $ 23.7 $ 13.9
======= ======= =======
Assumed discount rate, beginning of year............... 8.25% 7.00% 8.00%
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>

F-16
<PAGE> 119

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The funded status of the Plan is as follows (in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31
---------------------------------------------------------
1995 1994
-------------------------- --------------------------
QUALIFIED NONQUALIFIED QUALIFIED NONQUALIFIED
PLAN PLANS PLAN PLANS
--------- ------------ --------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit
obligation:
Vested................................ $ 255.9 $ 23.7 $ 187.6 $ 16.8
Nonvested............................. 11.5 0.3 9.0 0.8
------- ------ ------- ------
Accumulated benefit obligation.......... 267.4 24.0 196.6 17.6
Effect of projected future salary
increases............................. 76.1 9.3 50.4 6.2
------- ------ ------- ------
Projected benefit obligation............ 343.5 33.3 247.0 23.8
Plan assets at fair market value........ 322.0 204.7
------- ------ ------- ------
Excess of plan obligation over plan
assets................................ 21.5 33.3 42.3 23.8
Unamortized transition obligation and
amendments............................ (5.1) (3.8) (6.5) (4.3)
Unamortized net loss.................... (53.0) (8.8) (13.3) (1.5)
Adjustment required to recognize minimum
liability............................. 3.3
------- ------ ------- ------
(Prepaid)/accrued pension liability... $ (36.6) $ 24.0 $ 22.5 $ 18.0
======= ====== ======= ======
Assumed discount rate................... 7.00% 7.00% 8.25% 8.25%
Projected compensation increases........ 6.00% 6.00% 6.00% 6.00%
Expected return......................... 9.00% 9.00% 9.00% 9.00%
</TABLE>

Retirement Savings and Profit Sharing Plan

The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan which covers substantially
all employees, other than those of the foreign operations, intended to provide
assistance in accumulating personal savings for retirement and is designed to
qualify under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. For the
years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, the Company's pretax contributions
to the plan were $18.2 million, $16.1 million and $14.1 million, respectively.

Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions

The Company provides certain postretirement benefits through unfunded plans
sponsored by First Capital. These benefits are currently provided to
substantially all permanent employees, other than those of the foreign
operations, who meet certain eligibility requirements. The benefits of the plan
can be modified or terminated at the discretion of the Company. The amount paid
for postretirement benefits for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
was $2.0 million, $1.8 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

F-17
<PAGE> 120

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost for 1995, 1994 and 1993 includes
the following components (in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31
--------------------------
1995 1994 1993
------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Service cost................................................. $ 5.5 $ 5.5 $ 4.2
Interest cost................................................ 7.7 6.3 6.3
Net amortization............................................. (1.3) (1.0) (0.7)
------ ------ ------
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost........... $ 11.9 $ 10.8 $ 9.8
====== ====== ======
Assumed discount rate, beginning of year..................... 8.75% 7.50% 8.50%
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>

Accrued postretirement benefit cost at December 31, 1995 and 1994 is
composed of the following (in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31
------------------
1995 1994
------- ------
<S> <C> <C>
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation ("APBO"):
Retired participants............................................ $ 45.2 $ 33.9
Fully eligible participants..................................... 26.9 18.6
Other active participants....................................... 45.7 29.5
------- ------
Total APBO.............................................. 117.8 82.0
Unamortized amendments............................................ 5.4 9.8
Unrecognized actuarial loss....................................... (24.2) (2.7)
------- ------
Accrued postretirement benefit cost............................. $ 99.0 $ 89.1
======= ======
Assumed discount rate............................................. 7.25% 8.75%
======= ======
</TABLE>

For measurement purposes, a 13.00% and 12.10% weighted average annual rate
of increase in per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for
1995 and 1994, respectively, decreasing gradually to 5.50% by the year 2010.
Increasing the assumed health care cost trend rate by one percentage point each
year would increase the APBO as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 by $8.6 million
and $6.0 million, respectively, and the aggregate of the service and interest
cost components of the net periodic postretirement benefit cost by $1.0 million
and $0.9 million, respectively.

Incentive Compensation Programs

The Company sponsors compensation plans covering certain officers and
employees.

Corporate Annual Performance Plan and Long-Term Performance Plan

The Corporate Annual Performance Plan ("CAPP") is an annual bonus plan.
CAPP bonuses are determined based on the performance of the Company, the
business unit in which a participant is employed, and the participant,
personally. The Long-Term Performance Plan ("LTPP") is a long-term cash
incentive plan. LTPP awards are determined for a performance period based on the
success of the Company in achieving a target level of profits established for
each year of the performance period, with such annual performance then averaged
for the performance period. Amounts charged to expense under CAPP and LTPP
amounted to $16.1 million, $16.2 million and $14.8 million during the years
ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

F-18
<PAGE> 121

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Phantom Stock Appreciation Right Plan

The Company sponsored a long-term cash plan, the Phantom Stock Appreciation
Right Plan (the "PSAR Plan"). The Company terminated the PSAR Plan as of
December 1995 and intends to cash out all outstanding phantom stock appreciation
rights ("PSARs") prior to completion of the Company's public offering. A PSAR
granted under the PSAR Plan entitled the holder thereof to receive from the
Company, upon exercise of such PSAR, a specified amount of cash. A PSAR had a
term of five years and vested 100% on the first anniversary of the date of
grant. Amounts charged to expense under the PSAR Plan amounted to $30.1 million,
$4.1 million and $36.1 million during the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994
and 1993, respectively. The company also amended the PSAR Plan to provide that
certain officers of the Company (all of whom were granted PSARs in 1995) are
required to defer one-half of the amount payable in satisfaction of their
respective PSARs granted in 1995. The amounts so deferred will be administered
by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Associates First Capital
Corporation Equity Deferral Plan.

Long-Term Equity Compensation Plan

The Long-Term Equity Compensation Plan ("ECP") is a stock-based incentive
plan that will be adopted in 1996 prior to the Company's public offering. The
ECP provides for the grant of incentive and nonqualified stock options, stock
appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance shares and performance units.
Awards granted under the ECP are based on shares of Class A Common Stock.

NOTE 12 -- COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits arising in the ordinary
course of its business. The Company aggressively manages its litigation and
assesses appropriate responses to its lawsuits in light of a number of factors,
including potential impact of the actions on the conduct of the Company's
operations. In the opinion of management, the resolution of any of these matters
is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
condition or results of operations.

NOTE 13 -- OTHER ASSETS

The components of Other Assets at December 31, 1995 and 1994 were as
follows (in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31
----------------------
1995 1994
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Goodwill...................................................... $ 1,278.9 $ 1,354.3
Other......................................................... 803.2 659.7
--------- ---------
Total other assets.................................. $ 2,082.1 $ 2,014.0
========= =========
</TABLE>

NOTE 14 -- TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES WITH RELATED PARTIES

The Company paid cash dividends to Ford of $226.0 million, $288.1 million
and $318.0 million during the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995,
respectively. In 1993, 1994 and 1995, Ford made cash capital contributions to
the Company of $200.0 million, $215.1 million and $200.0 million, respectively.

The Company provides certain auto club and relocation services to Ford.
Revenues related to these services were $29.7 million, $19.4 million and $12.1
million for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

F-19
<PAGE> 122

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The Company pays fees for certain administrative services provided by its
Ford-affiliated parent. Such fees were $8.8 million, $5.0 million and $4.3
million for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

At December 31, 1995 and 1994, First Capital's current income taxes payable
to its Ford-affiliated parent amounted to $45.1 million and $30.4 million,
respectively.

NOTE 15 -- FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISKS

The Company maintains cash, cash equivalents, investments, and certain
other financial instruments with various major financial institutions. To the
extent such deposits exceed maximum insurance levels, they are uninsured.

As explained in NOTE 2 to the supplemental combined financial statements,
the Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading
purposes. The Company's derivative activity is limited to currency swap
transactions designed to hedge its currency risk on specific foreign
currency-denominated assets denominated in British Sterling. One interest rate
swap transaction for $40.0 million, assumed in 1993 as part of a business
acquisition, matured in April 1995 and is no longer outstanding. The Company is
a buyer in each transaction.

The Company's currency swap transactions are not material to its
supplemental combined balance sheet and do not represent a material exposure to
its supplemental combined net earnings. Amounts under currency and interest rate
swap contracts at December 31, 1995 and 1994 were $55.7 million and $95.7
million, respectively. At December 31, 1995, the Company was at market risk for
any currency differential should a counterparty to these contracts fail to meet
the terms of the contracts. The contracts expire in October 1996. At December
31, 1995, the Company's estimated exposure to loss resulting from currency
differentials, in the event of nonperformance by certain counterparties, was
$1.1 million; the Company estimates its benefit resulting from currency
differentials, in the event of nonperformance by certain counterparties, was
$0.2 million. The estimated fair value of amounts under contract approximated
$0.9 million and $0.7 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Such
value was determined based on the foreign currency exchange rates/interest rate
for similar transactions in effect at the balance sheet date. It is the
Company's policy that each counterparty's public debt rating must be rated Aa3,
AA- or better by at least two nationally recognized rating agencies at the time
any such contract is entered into. The Company monitors such ratings on an
ongoing basis. The Company does not employ other methods to assess credit risk,
because swap transactions are not a significant part of its operating activities
and because the Company does not enter into complex derivative transactions.

Subsidiaries of First Capital make available credit lines to holders of
their credit cards. The unused portion of the available credit is revocable by
the bank under specified conditions. The unused portion of the available credit
at December 31, 1995 and 1994 was $12.8 billion and $9.4 billion, respectively.
The potential risk associated with, and the estimated fair value of, the unused
credit lines are not considered to be significant.

Associates Investment Corporation, an indirect subsidiary of First Capital,
makes available credit lines to holders of their private label credit cards. The
unused portion of the available credit is revocable by Associates Investment
Corporation under specified conditions. The unused portion of the available
credit at December 31, 1995 and 1994 was $4.8 billion and $5.1 billion,
respectively. The potential risk associated with, and the estimated fair value
of, the unused credit lines are not considered to be significant.

The consumer finance business grants revolving lines of credit to certain
of its customers. At December 31, 1995 and 1994, the unused portion of these
lines aggregated $783.9 million and

F-20
<PAGE> 123

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

$543.3 million, respectively. The potential risk associated with, and the
estimated fair value of, the unused credit lines are not considered to be
significant.

The commercial finance business grants lines of credit to certain dealers
of truck, construction equipment and manufactured housing. At December 31, 1995
and 1994, the unused portion of these lines aggregated $1.3 billion and $881.7
million, respectively. The potential risk associated with, and the estimated
fair value of, the unused credit lines are not considered to be significant.

NOTE 16 -- INVESTMENTS IN DEBT AND EQUITY SECURITIES

Debt Securities

The Company invests in debt securities, principally bonds and notes held by
the Company's insurance subsidiaries, with the intention of holding them to
maturity. However, if market conditions change, the Company may sell these
securities prior to maturity. Accordingly, concurrent with the adoption of SFAS
No. 115 in 1994, the Company classified its investments in debt securities as
available for sale and adjusted its recorded value to market. Prior to adoption
of this standard, the Company carried these investments at amortized cost.
During 1995, gross realized gains on sales amounted to $0.2 million. Gross
realized gains and losses on sales during 1994 amounted to $2.1 million and $0.3
million, respectively. Unrealized gains or losses are reported as a component of
stockholder's equity, net of tax. The following tables set forth, by type of
security issuer, the amortized cost, gross unrealized holding gains, gross
unrealized holding losses, and estimated market value at December 31, 1995 and
1994 (in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995
--------------------------------------------------
GROSS GROSS
UNREALIZED UNREALIZED ESTIMATED
AMORTIZED HOLDING HOLDING MARKET
COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Government obligations............. $ 400.2 $ 14.4 $ $ 414.6
Corporate obligations................... 222.3 3.5 225.8
Mortgage-backed......................... 215.6 0.8 216.4
Other................................... 11.7 11.7
------- ------ ------ -------
Total debt securities......... $ 849.8 $ 18.7 $ $ 868.5
======= ====== ====== =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994
--------------------------------------------------
GROSS GROSS
UNREALIZED UNREALIZED ESTIMATED
AMORTIZED HOLDING HOLDING MARKET
COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Government obligations............. $ 422.4 $0.7 $(25.2) $ 397.9
Corporate obligations................... 66.8 0.2 (0.5) 66.5
Mortgage-backed......................... 96.3 (2.3) 94.0
Other................................... 4.8 4.8
------- ----- ------ -------
Total debt securities......... $ 590.3 $0.9 $(28.0) $ 563.2
======= ===== ====== =======
</TABLE>

F-21
<PAGE> 124

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The amortized cost and estimated market value of debt securities at
December 31, 1995 and 1994, by contractual maturity, are shown below (in
millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1994
---------------------- ----------------------
ESTIMATED ESTIMATED
AMORTIZED MARKET AMORTIZED MARKET
COST VALUE COST VALUE
--------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Due in one year or less................ $ 159.0 $ 159.6 $ 93.2 $ 92.1
Due after one year through five
years................................ 379.9 390.4 384.3 369.6
Due after five years through ten
years................................ 187.5 194.6 110.8 99.6
Due after ten years.................... 123.4 123.9 2.0 1.9
------- ------- ------- -------
$ 849.8 $ 868.5 $ 590.3 $ 563.2
======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>

Equity Securities

Equity security investments are recorded at market value. Concurrent with
the adoption of SFAS No. 115 in 1994, the Company classified its investments in
equity securities as trading securities and included in earnings unrealized
gains or losses on such securities. Prior to adoption, unrealized gains or
losses were reported as a component of stockholder's equity, net of tax. The
estimated market value at December 31, 1995 and 1994 was $12.6 million and $41.9
million, respectively. Historical cost at December 31, 1995 and 1994 was $8.5
million and $38.9 million, respectively.

Estimated market values of debt and equity securities are based on quoted
market prices.

NOTE 17 -- BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION

First Capital's primary business activities are consumer finance and
commercial finance. The consumer finance operation is engaged in making and
investing in home equity, personal lending and sales finance receivables, credit
card receivables, primarily through a wholly-owned credit card bank, and
providing sales financing of manufactured housing. The commercial finance
operation is principally engaged in financing sales of transportation and
industrial equipment and leasing, and sales of other financial services,
including auto fleet leasing and management, relocation services and auto club
and roadside assistance services. The Company has an insurance operation which
is engaged in underwriting credit life, credit accident and health, property and
casualty, and accidental death and dismemberment insurance, principally for
customers of the finance operations. Such insurance activity is conducted by the
company's licensed insurance agents and managed as a separate activity.
Insurance sales are dependent on the business activities and volumes of the
consumer and commercial business. Accordingly, insurance revenues and related
claims are included in the consumer and commercial business to which they
relate.

F-22
<PAGE> 125

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The following table sets forth information by business segment (in
millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BUSINESS SEGMENT(1)
-----------------------
CONSUMER COMMERCIAL FOREIGN
FINANCE FINANCE(2) COMBINED OPERATIONS(1)
--------- ---------- --------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Year Ended or at December 31, 1995
Revenue.................................. $ 4,595.6 $ 1,511.6 $ 6,107.2 $ 765.3
========= ========= ========= =========
Operating income:
From segment.......................... $ 1,010.2 $ 313.7 $ 1,323.9 $ 284.4
Corporate and other(3)................ (95.6) (30.2) (125.8) (86.6)
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Total............................ $ 914.6 $ 283.5 $ 1,198.1 $ 197.8
========= ========= ========= =========
Total assets............................. $27,128.2 $14,175.7 $41,303.9 $ 4,102.8
========= ========= ========= =========
Year Ended or at December 31, 1994
Revenue.................................. $ 3,691.3 $ 1,234.5 $ 4,925.8 $ 587.5
========= ========= ========= =========
Operating income:
From segment.......................... $ 823.7 $ 288.2 $ 1,111.9 $ 217.8
Corporate and other(3)................ (70.6) (23.9) (94.5) (83.9)
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Total............................ $ 753.1 $ 264.3 $ 1,017.4 $ 133.9
========= ========= ========= =========
Total assets............................. $23,322.9 $11,960.6 $35,283.5 $ 3,649.7
========= ========= ========= =========
Year Ended or at December 31, 1993
Revenue.................................. $ 3,039.2 $ 1,075.6 $ 4,114.8 $ 467.7
========= ========= ========= =========
Operating income:
From segment.......................... $ 649.8 $ 261.9 $ 911.7 $ 137.9
Corporate and other(3)................ (65.1) (25.3) (90.4) (65.4)
--------- --------- --------- ---------
Total............................ $ 584.7 $ 236.6 $ 821.3 $ 72.5
========= ========= ========= =========
Total assets............................. $19,884.3 $10,155.3 $30,039.6 $ 2,971.5
========= ========= ========= =========
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) The revenues, operating income and total assets of the Company's foreign
operations are included in the business segments of the Company as set forth
above. The foreign operations of the Company consist principally of its
consumer finance operation in Japan (more than 70% of total foreign
operations) and, to a lesser extent, its consumer and commercial operations
in the United Kingdom, Canada, Puerto Rico and Mexico (the "Other Foreign
Operations"). Total revenue, operating income and total assets,
respectively, for Japan were: 1995 -- $587.7 million, $164.8 million and
$3.0 billion, respectively; 1994 -- $448.1 million, $129.5 million and $2.8
billion, respectively; and 1993 -- $345.1 million, $78.7 million and $2.2
billion, respectively. Total revenue, operating income and total assets,
respectively, for the Other Foreign Operations were: 1995 -- $177.6 million,
$33.0 million and $1,102.8 million, respectively; 1994 -- $139.4 million,
$4.4 million and $849.7 million, respectively; 1993 -- $122.6 million,
($6.2) million and $771.5 million, respectively.

(2) Includes information pertaining to the financing of manufactured housing
purchases which are managed by the commercial finance operation.

(3) Includes operating income pertaining to the Company's non-operating
subsidiaries.

Capital expenditures and depreciation and amortization expense are not
significant.

F-23
<PAGE> 126

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 18 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On February 8, 1996, the Company paid a dividend in the amount of $1.75
billion to its Ford-affiliated parent in the form of an interest-bearing
intercompany note, which the Company paid on April 2, 1996. The Company also
paid a cash dividend of $100.0 million to its Ford-affiliated parent on March
29, 1996.

NOTE 19 -- UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth the unaudited quarterly results of
operations (in millions, except earnings per share):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995
-----------------------------------------
FOURTH THIRD SECOND FIRST
QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER
-------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Finance charges............................. $1,467.4 $1,426.6 $1,377.8 $1,289.0
======== ======== ======== ========
Interest expense............................ $ 570.9 $ 557.5 $ 540.3 $ 509.2
======== ======== ======== ========
Earnings before provision for income
taxes..................................... $ 324.6 $ 327.6 $ 272.1 $ 273.8
Provision for income taxes.................. 129.7 130.1 109.7 105.5
-------- -------- -------- --------
Net earnings................................ $ 194.9 $ 197.5 $ 162.4 $ 168.3
======== ======== ======== ========
Net earnings per share*..................... $ 0.56 $ 0.57 $ 0.47 $ 0.49
======== ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994
-----------------------------------------
FOURTH THIRD SECOND FIRST
QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER
-------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Finance charges............................. $1,235.4 $1,135.9 $1,053.7 $1,020.2
======== ======== ======== ========
Interest expense............................ $ 468.6 $ 429.1 $ 393.1 $ 366.5
======== ======== ======== ========
Earnings before provision for income
taxes..................................... $ 280.8 $ 272.0 $ 232.0 $ 232.6
Provision for income taxes.................. 117.5 109.3 95.0 92.3
-------- -------- -------- --------
Net earnings................................ $ 163.3 $ 162.7 $ 137.0 $ 140.3
======== ======== ======== ========
Net earnings per share*..................... $ 0.47 $ 0.47 $ 0.40 $ 0.40
======== ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>

- ---------------

* Based on 346.5 million shares outstanding and in whole dollars.

F-24
<PAGE> 127

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

NOTE 20 -- CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

Condensed unconsolidated financial information of Associates First Capital
Corporation as of or for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 were
as follows (in millions):

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF EARNINGS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
-----------------------------
1995 1994 1993
------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue
Interest and other income...................................... $ 10.2 $ 8.7 $ 6.7
Dividends from subsidiaries.................................... 284.0 270.5 242.7
------- ------- -------
294.2 279.2 249.4
Expenses
Interest expense............................................... 66.0 54.8 51.1
Operating expenses............................................. 23.3 16.2 15.3
------- ------- -------
89.3 71.0 66.4
------- ------- -------
Income before credit for Federal income taxes and equity in net
earnings of subsidiaries....................................... 204.9 208.2 183.0
Credit for Federal income taxes resulting from tax agreements
with subsidiaries.............................................. 28.0 21.7 21.2
------- ------- -------
Earnings before equity in undistributed earnings of
subsidiaries................................................... 232.9 229.9 204.2
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries................. 490.2 373.4 289.8
------- ------- -------
Net earnings..................................................... $ 723.1 $ 603.3 $ 494.0
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>

See notes to condensed financial information.

F-25
<PAGE> 128

ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31
---------------------
1995 1994
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Assets
Investment in and advances to subsidiaries, eliminated in
consolidation, and other......................................... $5,774.5 $5,306.3
-------- --------
Total assets................................................ $5,774.5 $5,306.3
======== ========
Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity
Accounts payable and accruals....................................... $ 52.5 $ 33.0
Bank lines.......................................................... 85.0
Notes payable and long-term debt(2)................................. 835.9 836.5
Stockholder's equity(1)............................................. 4,801.1 4,436.8
-------- --------
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity.................. $5,774.5 $5,306.3
======== ========
</TABLE>

The estimated fair value of notes payable and long-term debt at December
31, 1995 and 1994 was $878.6 million and $829.4 million, respectively. Fair
values were estimated by discounting expected cash flows at discount rates
currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining
maturities.

See notes to condensed financial information.

F-26
<PAGE> 129

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(IN MILLIONS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
--------------------------------
1995 1994 1993
-------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net earnings................................................ $ 723.1 $ 603.3 $ 494.0
Adjustments to net earnings for noncash items:
Amortization and depreciation............................ 0.1 0.1 0.1
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accruals..... 19.5 13.1 (6.5)
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries......... (490.2) (373.4) (289.8)
Other....................................................... 29.5 (20.9) (0.6)
-------- -------- --------
Net cash provided from operating activities......... 282.0 222.2 197.2
-------- -------- --------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Cash dividends from subsidiaries(1)......................... 284.0 270.5 242.7
Increase in investments in and advances to subsidiaries..... (492.6) (737.5) (477.6)
-------- -------- --------
Net cash used for investing activities.............. (208.6) (467.0) (234.9)
-------- -------- --------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Increase in notes payable and long-term debt(2)............. 438.9 352.7 231.6
Capital contribution from parent............................ 200.0 215.1 200.0
Cash dividends paid......................................... (318.0) (288.1) (226.0)
Retirement of long-term debt................................ (354.4) (188.9) (244.2)
-------- -------- --------
Net cash (used for) provided from financing
activities........................................ (33.5) 90.8 (38.6)
Effect of foreign currency translation adjustments on cash.... (41.7) 153.8 74.9
-------- -------- --------
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents......................... (1.8) (0.2) (1.4)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period.............. (1.1) (0.9) 0.5
-------- -------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.................... $ (2.9) $ (1.1) $ (0.9)
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION:

(1) The ability of the Company's subsidiaries to transfer funds to the Company
in the form of cash dividends is restricted pursuant to the terms of certain
debt agreements entered into by the Company's principal operating
subsidiary, Associates Corporation of North America. See NOTE 9 to the
supplemental combined financial statements for a summary of the most
significant of these restrictions.

(2) Notes payable and long-term debt bear interest at rates from 4.79% to
13.75%. The estimated maturities of the notes outstanding, at December 31,
1995, during subsequent years were as follows (in millions):

F-27
<PAGE> 130
[THE ASSOCIATES LOGO] ASSOCIATES FIRST CAPITAL CORPORATION

[PICTURE] [PICTURE]
EQUIPMENT FINANCING AND LEASING MANUFACTURED HOUSING FINANCING

[PICTURE] [PICTURE]
AUTO FLEET MANAGEMENT AND AUTO CLUBS PERSONAL LOANS AND RETAIL SALES FINANCE

OUR CORE VALUES

HARD WORK We work hard to exceed the expectations of our customers.

PRIDE We take pride in our work and our company.

INTEGRITY We conduct business with integrity and trust.

RESPOND QUICKLY We respond quickly to customer needs.

RESPECT We respect each other and recognize excellent performance.

PASSION We believe in constant improvement -- a passion to be better.

INTENSITY We believe intensity and competition fuel success.

EMPLOYEE CORE VALUES

<PAGE> 131

================================================================================

NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS, OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE SECURITIES TO
WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY SUCH
SECURITIES IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS UNLAWFUL. NEITHER
THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE
AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED
HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.

------------------

TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Available Information.................... 4
Prospectus Summary....................... 5
Recent Developments...................... 11
Risk Factors............................. 12
The Company.............................. 17
Use of Proceeds.......................... 17
Dividend Policy.......................... 18
Capitalization........................... 18
Selected Supplemental Combined Financial
Data................................... 19
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of
Operations............................. 20
Business................................. 30
Relationship with Ford................... 64
Management............................... 68
Ownership of Common Stock................ 84
Shares Available for Future Sale......... 84
Description of Capital Stock............. 85
Description of Certain Indebtedness...... 92
Certain United States Tax Consequences to
Non-United States Holders.............. 93
Underwriting............................. 95
Legal Matters............................ 98
Experts.................................. 98
Glossary................................. 99
Index to Supplemental Combined Financial
Statements............................. F-1
</TABLE>

================================================================================

67,000,000 SHARES

[LOGO]

CLASS A COMMON STOCK
(PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE)

------------------

PROSPECTUS

------------------

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
CS FIRST BOSTON
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
J.P. MORGAN & CO.
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
LEHMAN BROTHERS
SALOMON BROTHERS INC

REPRESENTATIVES OF THE UNDERWRITERS

================================================================================